1 | /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
2 | #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H |
3 | #define __NET_CFG80211_H |
4 | /* |
5 | * 802.11 device and configuration interface |
6 | * |
7 | * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
8 | * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
9 | * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
10 | * Copyright (C) 2018-2021, 2023 Intel Corporation |
11 | */ |
12 | |
13 | #include <linux/ethtool.h> |
14 | #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> |
15 | #include <linux/netdevice.h> |
16 | #include <linux/debugfs.h> |
17 | #include <linux/list.h> |
18 | #include <linux/bug.h> |
19 | #include <linux/netlink.h> |
20 | #include <linux/skbuff.h> |
21 | #include <linux/nl80211.h> |
22 | #include <linux/if_ether.h> |
23 | #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
24 | #include <linux/net.h> |
25 | #include <linux/rfkill.h> |
26 | #include <net/regulatory.h> |
27 | |
28 | /** |
29 | * DOC: Introduction |
30 | * |
31 | * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges |
32 | * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated |
33 | * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used |
34 | * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent |
35 | * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers |
36 | * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. |
37 | * |
38 | * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum |
39 | * use restrictions. |
40 | */ |
41 | |
42 | |
43 | /** |
44 | * DOC: Device registration |
45 | * |
46 | * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device |
47 | * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs |
48 | * described below. |
49 | * |
50 | * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each |
51 | * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each |
52 | * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with |
53 | * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's |
54 | * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes |
55 | * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the |
56 | * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating |
57 | * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the |
58 | * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. |
59 | * |
60 | * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has |
61 | * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and |
62 | * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. |
63 | */ |
64 | |
65 | struct wiphy; |
66 | |
67 | /* |
68 | * wireless hardware capability structures |
69 | */ |
70 | |
71 | /** |
72 | * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags |
73 | * |
74 | * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. |
75 | * |
76 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. |
77 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes |
78 | * sending probe requests or beaconing. |
79 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this |
80 | * channel. |
81 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. |
82 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel |
83 | * is not permitted. |
84 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel |
85 | * is not permitted. |
86 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. |
87 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, |
88 | * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this |
89 | * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
90 | * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
91 | * restrictions. |
92 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, |
93 | * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this |
94 | * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
95 | * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
96 | * restrictions. |
97 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY |
98 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
99 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
100 | * on this channel. |
101 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
102 | * on this channel. |
103 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. |
104 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
105 | * on this channel. |
106 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
107 | * on this channel. |
108 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
109 | * on this channel. |
110 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
111 | * on this channel. |
112 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
113 | * on this channel. |
114 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, |
115 | * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this |
116 | * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
117 | * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
118 | * restrictions. |
119 | * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. |
120 | */ |
121 | enum ieee80211_channel_flags { |
122 | IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, |
123 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, |
124 | IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = 1<<2, |
125 | IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, |
126 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, |
127 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, |
128 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, |
129 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, |
130 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, |
131 | IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, |
132 | IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, |
133 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, |
134 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, |
135 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, |
136 | IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, |
137 | IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, |
138 | IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, |
139 | IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, |
140 | IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, |
141 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, |
142 | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, |
143 | }; |
144 | |
145 | #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ |
146 | (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) |
147 | |
148 | #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 |
149 | #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) |
150 | |
151 | /** |
152 | * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition |
153 | * |
154 | * This structure describes a single channel for use |
155 | * with cfg80211. |
156 | * |
157 | * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz |
158 | * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz |
159 | * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel |
160 | * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. |
161 | * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory |
162 | * code to support devices with additional restrictions |
163 | * @band: band this channel belongs to. |
164 | * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi |
165 | * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) |
166 | * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) |
167 | * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon |
168 | * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() |
169 | * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. |
170 | * @orig_mag: internal use |
171 | * @orig_mpwr: internal use |
172 | * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required |
173 | * on this channel. |
174 | * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
175 | * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. |
176 | * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) |
177 | */ |
178 | struct ieee80211_channel { |
179 | enum nl80211_band band; |
180 | u32 center_freq; |
181 | u16 freq_offset; |
182 | u16 hw_value; |
183 | u32 flags; |
184 | int max_antenna_gain; |
185 | int max_power; |
186 | int max_reg_power; |
187 | bool beacon_found; |
188 | u32 orig_flags; |
189 | int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; |
190 | enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; |
191 | unsigned long dfs_state_entered; |
192 | unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; |
193 | s8 psd; |
194 | }; |
195 | |
196 | /** |
197 | * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags |
198 | * |
199 | * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured |
200 | * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for |
201 | * different bands/PHY modes. |
202 | * |
203 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short |
204 | * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and |
205 | * with CCK rates. |
206 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
207 | * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the |
208 | * core code when registering the wiphy. |
209 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
210 | * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
211 | * core code when registering the wiphy. |
212 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
213 | * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
214 | * core code when registering the wiphy. |
215 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. |
216 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode |
217 | * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode |
218 | */ |
219 | enum ieee80211_rate_flags { |
220 | IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, |
221 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, |
222 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, |
223 | IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, |
224 | IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, |
225 | IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, |
226 | IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, |
227 | }; |
228 | |
229 | /** |
230 | * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter |
231 | * |
232 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS |
233 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS |
234 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS |
235 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS |
236 | * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type |
237 | */ |
238 | enum ieee80211_bss_type { |
239 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, |
240 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, |
241 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
242 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, |
243 | IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY |
244 | }; |
245 | |
246 | /** |
247 | * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter |
248 | * |
249 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set |
250 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear |
251 | * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting |
252 | */ |
253 | enum ieee80211_privacy { |
254 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, |
255 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, |
256 | IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY |
257 | }; |
258 | |
259 | #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ |
260 | ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) |
261 | |
262 | /** |
263 | * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition |
264 | * |
265 | * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can |
266 | * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short |
267 | * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are |
268 | * passed around. |
269 | * |
270 | * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags |
271 | * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps |
272 | * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate |
273 | * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when |
274 | * short preamble is used |
275 | */ |
276 | struct ieee80211_rate { |
277 | u32 flags; |
278 | u16 bitrate; |
279 | u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; |
280 | }; |
281 | |
282 | /** |
283 | * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse |
284 | * |
285 | * @enable: is the feature enabled. |
286 | * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. |
287 | * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset |
288 | * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use |
289 | * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use |
290 | * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by |
291 | * members of the SRG |
292 | * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values |
293 | * used by members of the SRG |
294 | */ |
295 | struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { |
296 | bool enable; |
297 | u8 sr_ctrl; |
298 | u8 non_srg_max_offset; |
299 | u8 min_offset; |
300 | u8 max_offset; |
301 | u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; |
302 | u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; |
303 | }; |
304 | |
305 | /** |
306 | * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring |
307 | * |
308 | * @color: the current color. |
309 | * @enabled: HE BSS color is used |
310 | * @partial: define the AID equation. |
311 | */ |
312 | struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { |
313 | u8 color; |
314 | bool enabled; |
315 | bool partial; |
316 | }; |
317 | |
318 | /** |
319 | * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities |
320 | * |
321 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
322 | * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. |
323 | * |
324 | * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA |
325 | * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec |
326 | * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor |
327 | * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing |
328 | * @mcs: Supported MCS rates |
329 | */ |
330 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { |
331 | u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ |
332 | bool ht_supported; |
333 | u8 ampdu_factor; |
334 | u8 ampdu_density; |
335 | struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; |
336 | }; |
337 | |
338 | /** |
339 | * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities |
340 | * |
341 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
342 | * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. |
343 | * |
344 | * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA |
345 | * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec |
346 | * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates |
347 | */ |
348 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { |
349 | bool vht_supported; |
350 | u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ |
351 | struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; |
352 | }; |
353 | |
354 | #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 |
355 | |
356 | /** |
357 | * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities |
358 | * |
359 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
360 | * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. |
361 | * |
362 | * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. |
363 | * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. |
364 | * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. |
365 | * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. |
366 | */ |
367 | struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { |
368 | bool has_he; |
369 | struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; |
370 | struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; |
371 | u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; |
372 | }; |
373 | |
374 | /** |
375 | * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS |
376 | * |
377 | * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS |
378 | * and NSS Set field" |
379 | * |
380 | * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. |
381 | * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz |
382 | * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz |
383 | * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz |
384 | * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz |
385 | */ |
386 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { |
387 | union { |
388 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; |
389 | struct { |
390 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; |
391 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; |
392 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; |
393 | } __packed bw; |
394 | } __packed; |
395 | } __packed; |
396 | |
397 | #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 |
398 | |
399 | /** |
400 | * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities |
401 | * |
402 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
403 | * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. |
404 | * |
405 | * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. |
406 | * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. |
407 | * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. |
408 | * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. |
409 | */ |
410 | struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { |
411 | bool has_eht; |
412 | struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; |
413 | struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; |
414 | u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; |
415 | }; |
416 | |
417 | /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ |
418 | #ifdef __CHECKER__ |
419 | /* |
420 | * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed |
421 | * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot |
422 | * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be |
423 | * noisy when the pointer is used directly. |
424 | */ |
425 | # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) |
426 | #else |
427 | # define __iftd |
428 | #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ |
429 | |
430 | /** |
431 | * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type |
432 | * |
433 | * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the |
434 | * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the |
435 | * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. |
436 | * |
437 | * @types_mask: interface types mask |
438 | * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities |
439 | * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a |
440 | * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). |
441 | * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities |
442 | * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise |
443 | * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data |
444 | * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length |
445 | */ |
446 | struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { |
447 | u16 types_mask; |
448 | struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; |
449 | struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; |
450 | struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; |
451 | struct { |
452 | const u8 *data; |
453 | unsigned int len; |
454 | } vendor_elems; |
455 | }; |
456 | |
457 | /** |
458 | * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
459 | * |
460 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz |
461 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz |
462 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz |
463 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz |
464 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
465 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
466 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
467 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and |
468 | * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
469 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
470 | * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
471 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
472 | * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
473 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
474 | * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
475 | * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, |
476 | * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
477 | */ |
478 | enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { |
479 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, |
480 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, |
481 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, |
482 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, |
483 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, |
484 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, |
485 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, |
486 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, |
487 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, |
488 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, |
489 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, |
490 | IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, |
491 | }; |
492 | |
493 | /** |
494 | * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration |
495 | * |
496 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
497 | * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration |
498 | * |
499 | * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) |
500 | * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. |
501 | * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. |
502 | * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. |
503 | * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes |
504 | * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
505 | */ |
506 | struct ieee80211_edmg { |
507 | u8 channels; |
508 | enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; |
509 | }; |
510 | |
511 | /** |
512 | * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities |
513 | * |
514 | * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
515 | * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. |
516 | * |
517 | * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA |
518 | * @cap: S1G capabilities information |
519 | * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set |
520 | */ |
521 | struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { |
522 | bool s1g; |
523 | u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ |
524 | u8 nss_mcs[5]; |
525 | }; |
526 | |
527 | /** |
528 | * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition |
529 | * |
530 | * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy |
531 | * is able to operate in. |
532 | * |
533 | * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with |
534 | * in this band. |
535 | * @band: the band this structure represents |
536 | * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels |
537 | * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with |
538 | * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported |
539 | * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. |
540 | * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates |
541 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band |
542 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band |
543 | * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band |
544 | * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band |
545 | * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) |
546 | * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries |
547 | * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in |
548 | * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only |
549 | * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of |
550 | * iftype_data). |
551 | */ |
552 | struct ieee80211_supported_band { |
553 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels; |
554 | struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; |
555 | enum nl80211_band band; |
556 | int n_channels; |
557 | int n_bitrates; |
558 | struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
559 | struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
560 | struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; |
561 | struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; |
562 | u16 n_iftype_data; |
563 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; |
564 | }; |
565 | |
566 | /** |
567 | * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array |
568 | * @sband: the sband to initialize |
569 | * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer |
570 | * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array |
571 | * |
572 | * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot |
573 | * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer |
574 | * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. |
575 | */ |
576 | static inline void |
577 | _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
578 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, |
579 | u16 n_iftd) |
580 | { |
581 | sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; |
582 | sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; |
583 | } |
584 | |
585 | /** |
586 | * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array |
587 | * @sband: the sband to initialize |
588 | * @iftd: the iftype data array |
589 | */ |
590 | #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ |
591 | _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) |
592 | |
593 | /** |
594 | * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries |
595 | * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate |
596 | * @i: iterator counter |
597 | * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set |
598 | */ |
599 | #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ |
600 | for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ |
601 | i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ |
602 | i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) |
603 | |
604 | /** |
605 | * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype |
606 | * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
607 | * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
608 | * |
609 | * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found |
610 | */ |
611 | static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * |
612 | ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
613 | u8 iftype) |
614 | { |
615 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; |
616 | int i; |
617 | |
618 | if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) |
619 | return NULL; |
620 | |
621 | if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) |
622 | iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; |
623 | |
624 | for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { |
625 | if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) |
626 | return data; |
627 | } |
628 | |
629 | return NULL; |
630 | } |
631 | |
632 | /** |
633 | * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype |
634 | * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on |
635 | * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
636 | * |
637 | * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found |
638 | */ |
639 | static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * |
640 | ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
641 | u8 iftype) |
642 | { |
643 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
644 | ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
645 | |
646 | if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) |
647 | return &data->he_cap; |
648 | |
649 | return NULL; |
650 | } |
651 | |
652 | /** |
653 | * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities |
654 | * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
655 | * @iftype: the iftype to search for |
656 | * |
657 | * Return: the 6GHz capabilities |
658 | */ |
659 | static inline __le16 |
660 | ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
661 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
662 | { |
663 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
664 | ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
665 | |
666 | if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) |
667 | return 0; |
668 | |
669 | return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; |
670 | } |
671 | |
672 | /** |
673 | * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype |
674 | * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on |
675 | * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
676 | * |
677 | * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found |
678 | */ |
679 | static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * |
680 | ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
681 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
682 | { |
683 | const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
684 | ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
685 | |
686 | if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) |
687 | return &data->eht_cap; |
688 | |
689 | return NULL; |
690 | } |
691 | |
692 | /** |
693 | * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree |
694 | * |
695 | * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for |
696 | * |
697 | * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful |
698 | * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board |
699 | * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). |
700 | * |
701 | * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable |
702 | * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with |
703 | * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make |
704 | * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified |
705 | * without affecting other devices. |
706 | * |
707 | * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. |
708 | * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. |
709 | * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). |
710 | */ |
711 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF |
712 | void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
713 | #else /* CONFIG_OF */ |
714 | static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
715 | { |
716 | } |
717 | #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ |
718 | |
719 | |
720 | /* |
721 | * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods |
722 | */ |
723 | |
724 | /** |
725 | * DOC: Actions and configuration |
726 | * |
727 | * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration |
728 | * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these |
729 | * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these |
730 | * operations use are described separately. |
731 | * |
732 | * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status |
733 | * information via some functions that drivers need to call. |
734 | * |
735 | * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described |
736 | * in a separate chapter. |
737 | */ |
738 | |
739 | #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ |
740 | WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) |
741 | |
742 | /** |
743 | * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters |
744 | * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise |
745 | * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set |
746 | * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames |
747 | * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. |
748 | * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may |
749 | * determine the address as needed. |
750 | * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the |
751 | * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating |
752 | ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. |
753 | * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets |
754 | * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed |
755 | * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring |
756 | * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed |
757 | */ |
758 | struct vif_params { |
759 | u32 flags; |
760 | int use_4addr; |
761 | u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; |
762 | const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; |
763 | const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; |
764 | }; |
765 | |
766 | /** |
767 | * struct key_params - key information |
768 | * |
769 | * Information about a key |
770 | * |
771 | * @key: key material |
772 | * @key_len: length of key material |
773 | * @cipher: cipher suite selector |
774 | * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used |
775 | * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, |
776 | * length given by @seq_len. |
777 | * @seq_len: length of @seq. |
778 | * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) |
779 | * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) |
780 | */ |
781 | struct key_params { |
782 | const u8 *key; |
783 | const u8 *seq; |
784 | int key_len; |
785 | int seq_len; |
786 | u16 vlan_id; |
787 | u32 cipher; |
788 | enum nl80211_key_mode mode; |
789 | }; |
790 | |
791 | /** |
792 | * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition |
793 | * @chan: the (control) channel |
794 | * @width: channel width |
795 | * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment |
796 | * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment |
797 | * (only with 80+80 MHz) |
798 | * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. |
799 | * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), |
800 | * chan will define the primary channel and all other |
801 | * parameters are ignored. |
802 | * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz |
803 | */ |
804 | struct cfg80211_chan_def { |
805 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
806 | enum nl80211_chan_width width; |
807 | u32 center_freq1; |
808 | u32 center_freq2; |
809 | struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
810 | u16 freq1_offset; |
811 | }; |
812 | |
813 | /* |
814 | * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control |
815 | */ |
816 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { |
817 | struct { |
818 | u32 legacy; |
819 | u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; |
820 | u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
821 | u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; |
822 | enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; |
823 | enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; |
824 | enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; |
825 | } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
826 | }; |
827 | |
828 | |
829 | /** |
830 | * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration |
831 | * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration |
832 | * of the peer. |
833 | * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify |
834 | * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, |
835 | * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. |
836 | * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID |
837 | * @retry_long: retry count value |
838 | * @retry_short: retry count value |
839 | * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation |
840 | * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS |
841 | * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation |
842 | * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type |
843 | * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID |
844 | */ |
845 | struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { |
846 | bool config_override; |
847 | u8 tids; |
848 | u64 mask; |
849 | enum nl80211_tid_config noack; |
850 | u8 retry_long, retry_short; |
851 | enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; |
852 | enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; |
853 | enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; |
854 | enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; |
855 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; |
856 | }; |
857 | |
858 | /** |
859 | * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration |
860 | * @peer: Station's MAC address |
861 | * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied |
862 | * @tid_conf: Configuration change info |
863 | */ |
864 | struct cfg80211_tid_config { |
865 | const u8 *peer; |
866 | u32 n_tid_conf; |
867 | struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); |
868 | }; |
869 | |
870 | /** |
871 | * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data |
872 | * @macaddr: STA MAC address |
873 | * @kek: FILS KEK |
874 | * @kek_len: FILS KEK length |
875 | * @snonce: STA Nonce |
876 | * @anonce: AP Nonce |
877 | */ |
878 | struct cfg80211_fils_aad { |
879 | const u8 *macaddr; |
880 | const u8 *kek; |
881 | u8 kek_len; |
882 | const u8 *snonce; |
883 | const u8 *anonce; |
884 | }; |
885 | |
886 | /** |
887 | * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping |
888 | * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all |
889 | * addresses. |
890 | * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. |
891 | * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. |
892 | */ |
893 | struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { |
894 | const u8 *macaddr; |
895 | bool enable; |
896 | }; |
897 | |
898 | /** |
899 | * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef |
900 | * @chandef: the channel definition |
901 | * |
902 | * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given |
903 | * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. |
904 | */ |
905 | static inline enum nl80211_channel_type |
906 | cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
907 | { |
908 | switch (chandef->width) { |
909 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: |
910 | return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
911 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: |
912 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; |
913 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: |
914 | if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) |
915 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; |
916 | return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; |
917 | default: |
918 | WARN_ON(1); |
919 | return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
920 | } |
921 | } |
922 | |
923 | /** |
924 | * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type |
925 | * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill |
926 | * @channel: the control channel |
927 | * @chantype: the channel type |
928 | * |
929 | * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. |
930 | */ |
931 | void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
932 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
933 | enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); |
934 | |
935 | /** |
936 | * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical |
937 | * @chandef1: first channel definition |
938 | * @chandef2: second channel definition |
939 | * |
940 | * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are |
941 | * identical, %false otherwise. |
942 | */ |
943 | static inline bool |
944 | cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
945 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) |
946 | { |
947 | return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && |
948 | chandef1->width == chandef2->width && |
949 | chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && |
950 | chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && |
951 | chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); |
952 | } |
953 | |
954 | /** |
955 | * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel |
956 | * |
957 | * @chandef: the channel definition |
958 | * |
959 | * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. |
960 | */ |
961 | static inline bool |
962 | cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
963 | { |
964 | return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; |
965 | } |
966 | |
967 | /** |
968 | * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible |
969 | * @chandef1: first channel definition |
970 | * @chandef2: second channel definition |
971 | * |
972 | * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, |
973 | * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. |
974 | */ |
975 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def * |
976 | cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
977 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); |
978 | |
979 | /** |
980 | * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid |
981 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
982 | * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. |
983 | */ |
984 | bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
985 | |
986 | /** |
987 | * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used |
988 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
989 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
990 | * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set |
991 | * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. |
992 | */ |
993 | bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
994 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
995 | u32 prohibited_flags); |
996 | |
997 | /** |
998 | * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required |
999 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
1000 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
1001 | * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype |
1002 | * Returns: |
1003 | * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error |
1004 | */ |
1005 | int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
1006 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
1007 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
1008 | |
1009 | /** |
1010 | * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we |
1011 | * can/need start CAC on such channel |
1012 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
1013 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
1014 | * |
1015 | * Return: true if all channels available and at least |
1016 | * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) |
1017 | */ |
1018 | bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
1019 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
1020 | |
1021 | /** |
1022 | * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given |
1023 | * channel definition |
1024 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
1025 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
1026 | * |
1027 | * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition |
1028 | */ |
1029 | unsigned int |
1030 | cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
1031 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
1032 | |
1033 | /** |
1034 | * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. |
1035 | * @msg: the msg to send channel definition |
1036 | * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
1037 | * |
1038 | * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error |
1039 | **/ |
1040 | int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
1041 | |
1042 | /** |
1043 | * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width |
1044 | * @width: the channel width of the channel |
1045 | * |
1046 | * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK |
1047 | * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. |
1048 | * |
1049 | * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width |
1050 | */ |
1051 | static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags |
1052 | ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) |
1053 | { |
1054 | switch (width) { |
1055 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
1056 | return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; |
1057 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
1058 | return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; |
1059 | default: |
1060 | break; |
1061 | } |
1062 | return 0; |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | /** |
1066 | * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel |
1067 | * @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
1068 | * |
1069 | * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). |
1070 | * |
1071 | * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel |
1072 | */ |
1073 | static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags |
1074 | ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
1075 | { |
1076 | return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(width: chandef->width); |
1077 | } |
1078 | |
1079 | /** |
1080 | * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef |
1081 | * |
1082 | * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel |
1083 | * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual |
1084 | * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. |
1085 | * |
1086 | * @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
1087 | * |
1088 | * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef |
1089 | */ |
1090 | static inline int |
1091 | ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
1092 | { |
1093 | switch (chandef->width) { |
1094 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
1095 | return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, |
1096 | chandef->chan->max_power); |
1097 | case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
1098 | return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, |
1099 | chandef->chan->max_power); |
1100 | default: |
1101 | break; |
1102 | } |
1103 | return chandef->chan->max_power; |
1104 | } |
1105 | |
1106 | /** |
1107 | * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels |
1108 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for |
1109 | * @band_mask: which bands to check on |
1110 | * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, |
1111 | * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account |
1112 | */ |
1113 | bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
1114 | unsigned long band_mask, |
1115 | u32 prohibited_flags); |
1116 | |
1117 | /** |
1118 | * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags |
1119 | * |
1120 | * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in |
1121 | * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
1122 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in |
1123 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in |
1124 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in |
1125 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in |
1126 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in |
1127 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in |
1128 | * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in |
1129 | * |
1130 | * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info |
1131 | * it has filled in during the get_survey(). |
1132 | */ |
1133 | enum survey_info_flags { |
1134 | SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), |
1135 | SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), |
1136 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), |
1137 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), |
1138 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), |
1139 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), |
1140 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), |
1141 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), |
1142 | SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), |
1143 | }; |
1144 | |
1145 | /** |
1146 | * struct survey_info - channel survey response |
1147 | * |
1148 | * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single |
1149 | * record to report global statistics |
1150 | * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags |
1151 | * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are |
1152 | * optional |
1153 | * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) |
1154 | * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy |
1155 | * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy |
1156 | * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data |
1157 | * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data |
1158 | * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning |
1159 | * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS |
1160 | * |
1161 | * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. |
1162 | * |
1163 | * This structure can later be expanded with things like |
1164 | * channel duty cycle etc. |
1165 | */ |
1166 | struct survey_info { |
1167 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
1168 | u64 time; |
1169 | u64 time_busy; |
1170 | u64 time_ext_busy; |
1171 | u64 time_rx; |
1172 | u64 time_tx; |
1173 | u64 time_scan; |
1174 | u64 time_bss_rx; |
1175 | u32 filled; |
1176 | s8 noise; |
1177 | }; |
1178 | |
1179 | #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 |
1180 | |
1181 | /** |
1182 | * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings |
1183 | * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled |
1184 | * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) |
1185 | * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) |
1186 | * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers |
1187 | * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites |
1188 | * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites |
1189 | * @akm_suites: AKM suites |
1190 | * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
1191 | * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
1192 | * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
1193 | * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
1194 | * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be |
1195 | * allowed through even on unauthorized ports |
1196 | * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port |
1197 | * protocol frames. |
1198 | * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
1199 | * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
1200 | * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control |
1201 | * port for mac80211 |
1202 | * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) |
1203 | * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE |
1204 | * offload) |
1205 | * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) |
1206 | * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: |
1207 | * |
1208 | * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED |
1209 | * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any |
1210 | * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in |
1211 | * such a scenario. |
1212 | * |
1213 | * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK |
1214 | * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only |
1215 | * |
1216 | * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT |
1217 | * Allow hash-to-element only |
1218 | * |
1219 | * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH |
1220 | * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element |
1221 | */ |
1222 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { |
1223 | u32 wpa_versions; |
1224 | u32 cipher_group; |
1225 | int n_ciphers_pairwise; |
1226 | u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; |
1227 | int n_akm_suites; |
1228 | u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; |
1229 | bool control_port; |
1230 | __be16 control_port_ethertype; |
1231 | bool control_port_no_encrypt; |
1232 | bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
1233 | bool control_port_no_preauth; |
1234 | const u8 *psk; |
1235 | const u8 *sae_pwd; |
1236 | u8 sae_pwd_len; |
1237 | enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; |
1238 | }; |
1239 | |
1240 | /** |
1241 | * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid |
1242 | * |
1243 | * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set |
1244 | * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. |
1245 | * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. |
1246 | */ |
1247 | struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { |
1248 | struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; |
1249 | u8 index; |
1250 | bool ema; |
1251 | }; |
1252 | |
1253 | /** |
1254 | * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements |
1255 | * |
1256 | * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. |
1257 | * |
1258 | * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. |
1259 | * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. |
1260 | * @elem.len: Length of data. |
1261 | */ |
1262 | struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { |
1263 | u8 cnt; |
1264 | struct { |
1265 | const u8 *data; |
1266 | size_t len; |
1267 | } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); |
1268 | }; |
1269 | |
1270 | /** |
1271 | * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements |
1272 | * |
1273 | * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. |
1274 | * |
1275 | * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. |
1276 | * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. |
1277 | * @elem.len: Length of data. |
1278 | */ |
1279 | struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { |
1280 | u8 cnt; |
1281 | struct { |
1282 | const u8 *data; |
1283 | size_t len; |
1284 | } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); |
1285 | }; |
1286 | |
1287 | /** |
1288 | * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data |
1289 | * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon |
1290 | * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) |
1291 | * or %NULL if not changed |
1292 | * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) |
1293 | * or %NULL if not changed |
1294 | * @head_len: length of @head |
1295 | * @tail_len: length of @tail |
1296 | * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL |
1297 | * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets |
1298 | * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response |
1299 | * frames or %NULL |
1300 | * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets |
1301 | * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association |
1302 | * Response frames or %NULL |
1303 | * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets |
1304 | * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) |
1305 | * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) |
1306 | * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements |
1307 | * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements |
1308 | * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change |
1309 | * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) |
1310 | * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token |
1311 | * (measurement type 8) |
1312 | * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement |
1313 | * Token (measurement type 11) |
1314 | * @lci_len: LCI data length |
1315 | * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length |
1316 | * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings |
1317 | * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color |
1318 | * attribute is present in beacon data or not. |
1319 | */ |
1320 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data { |
1321 | unsigned int link_id; |
1322 | |
1323 | const u8 *head, *tail; |
1324 | const u8 *beacon_ies; |
1325 | const u8 *proberesp_ies; |
1326 | const u8 *assocresp_ies; |
1327 | const u8 *probe_resp; |
1328 | const u8 *lci; |
1329 | const u8 *civicloc; |
1330 | struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; |
1331 | struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; |
1332 | s8 ftm_responder; |
1333 | |
1334 | size_t head_len, tail_len; |
1335 | size_t beacon_ies_len; |
1336 | size_t proberesp_ies_len; |
1337 | size_t assocresp_ies_len; |
1338 | size_t probe_resp_len; |
1339 | size_t lci_len; |
1340 | size_t civicloc_len; |
1341 | struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; |
1342 | bool he_bss_color_valid; |
1343 | }; |
1344 | |
1345 | struct mac_address { |
1346 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
1347 | }; |
1348 | |
1349 | /** |
1350 | * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data |
1351 | * |
1352 | * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's |
1353 | * entry specified by mac_addr |
1354 | * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed |
1355 | * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL |
1356 | */ |
1357 | struct cfg80211_acl_data { |
1358 | enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; |
1359 | int n_acl_entries; |
1360 | |
1361 | /* Keep it last */ |
1362 | struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); |
1363 | }; |
1364 | |
1365 | /** |
1366 | * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from |
1367 | * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. |
1368 | * |
1369 | * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. |
1370 | * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
1371 | * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
1372 | * @tmpl_len: Template length |
1373 | * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action |
1374 | * frame headers. |
1375 | */ |
1376 | struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { |
1377 | bool update; |
1378 | u32 min_interval; |
1379 | u32 max_interval; |
1380 | size_t tmpl_len; |
1381 | const u8 *tmpl; |
1382 | }; |
1383 | |
1384 | /** |
1385 | * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe |
1386 | * response parameters in 6GHz. |
1387 | * |
1388 | * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. |
1389 | * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned |
1390 | * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive |
1391 | * scanning |
1392 | * @tmpl_len: Template length |
1393 | * @tmpl: Template data for probe response |
1394 | */ |
1395 | struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { |
1396 | bool update; |
1397 | u32 interval; |
1398 | size_t tmpl_len; |
1399 | const u8 *tmpl; |
1400 | }; |
1401 | |
1402 | /** |
1403 | * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration |
1404 | * |
1405 | * Used to configure an AP interface. |
1406 | * |
1407 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
1408 | * @beacon: beacon data |
1409 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
1410 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period |
1411 | * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from |
1412 | * user space) |
1413 | * @ssid_len: length of @ssid |
1414 | * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames |
1415 | * @crypto: crypto settings |
1416 | * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy |
1417 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
1418 | * @smps_mode: SMPS mode |
1419 | * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. |
1420 | * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window |
1421 | * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS |
1422 | * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for |
1423 | * MAC address based access control |
1424 | * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG |
1425 | * networks. |
1426 | * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
1427 | * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) |
1428 | * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) |
1429 | * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
1430 | * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) |
1431 | * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) |
1432 | * @ht_required: stations must support HT |
1433 | * @vht_required: stations must support VHT |
1434 | * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time |
1435 | * @he_required: stations must support HE |
1436 | * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE |
1437 | * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags |
1438 | * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings |
1439 | * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
1440 | * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters |
1441 | * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters |
1442 | * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid |
1443 | * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents |
1444 | * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. |
1445 | * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. |
1446 | */ |
1447 | struct cfg80211_ap_settings { |
1448 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
1449 | |
1450 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; |
1451 | |
1452 | int beacon_interval, dtim_period; |
1453 | const u8 *ssid; |
1454 | size_t ssid_len; |
1455 | enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; |
1456 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
1457 | bool privacy; |
1458 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
1459 | enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
1460 | int inactivity_timeout; |
1461 | u8 p2p_ctwindow; |
1462 | bool p2p_opp_ps; |
1463 | const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; |
1464 | bool pbss; |
1465 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
1466 | |
1467 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; |
1468 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; |
1469 | const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; |
1470 | const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; |
1471 | const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; |
1472 | const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; |
1473 | bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; |
1474 | bool twt_responder; |
1475 | u32 flags; |
1476 | struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
1477 | struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
1478 | struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; |
1479 | struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; |
1480 | u16 punct_bitmap; |
1481 | }; |
1482 | |
1483 | |
1484 | /** |
1485 | * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update |
1486 | * |
1487 | * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. |
1488 | * |
1489 | * @beacon: beacon data |
1490 | * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters |
1491 | * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters |
1492 | */ |
1493 | struct cfg80211_ap_update { |
1494 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; |
1495 | struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
1496 | struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; |
1497 | }; |
1498 | |
1499 | /** |
1500 | * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings |
1501 | * |
1502 | * Used for channel switch |
1503 | * |
1504 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch |
1505 | * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch |
1506 | * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) |
1507 | * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response |
1508 | * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) |
1509 | * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response |
1510 | * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel |
1511 | * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel |
1512 | * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing |
1513 | * @count: number of beacons until switch |
1514 | * @punct_bitmap: Preamble puncturing bitmap. Each bit represents |
1515 | * a 20 MHz channel, lowest bit corresponding to the lowest channel. |
1516 | * Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is punctured. |
1517 | */ |
1518 | struct cfg80211_csa_settings { |
1519 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
1520 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; |
1521 | const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; |
1522 | const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; |
1523 | unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; |
1524 | unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; |
1525 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; |
1526 | bool radar_required; |
1527 | bool block_tx; |
1528 | u8 count; |
1529 | u16 punct_bitmap; |
1530 | }; |
1531 | |
1532 | /** |
1533 | * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings |
1534 | * |
1535 | * Used for bss color change |
1536 | * |
1537 | * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown |
1538 | * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) |
1539 | * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response |
1540 | * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change |
1541 | * @count: number of beacons until the color change |
1542 | * @color: the color used after the change |
1543 | */ |
1544 | struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { |
1545 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; |
1546 | u16 counter_offset_beacon; |
1547 | u16 counter_offset_presp; |
1548 | struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; |
1549 | u8 count; |
1550 | u8 color; |
1551 | }; |
1552 | |
1553 | /** |
1554 | * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations |
1555 | * |
1556 | * Used to pass interface combination parameters |
1557 | * |
1558 | * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want |
1559 | * to use for verification |
1560 | * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel |
1561 | * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of |
1562 | * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths |
1563 | * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface |
1564 | * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum |
1565 | * nl80211_iftype. |
1566 | * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface |
1567 | * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of |
1568 | * the verification |
1569 | */ |
1570 | struct iface_combination_params { |
1571 | int num_different_channels; |
1572 | u8 radar_detect; |
1573 | int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; |
1574 | u32 new_beacon_int; |
1575 | }; |
1576 | |
1577 | /** |
1578 | * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply |
1579 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) |
1580 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability |
1581 | * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state |
1582 | * |
1583 | * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, |
1584 | * for those that don't these flags will are used. |
1585 | */ |
1586 | enum station_parameters_apply_mask { |
1587 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), |
1588 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), |
1589 | STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), |
1590 | }; |
1591 | |
1592 | /** |
1593 | * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration |
1594 | * |
1595 | * Used to configure txpower for station. |
1596 | * |
1597 | * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power |
1598 | * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be |
1599 | * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx |
1600 | * power per-interface or per-station. |
1601 | * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power |
1602 | * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC |
1603 | * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. |
1604 | * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for |
1605 | * per peer TPC. |
1606 | */ |
1607 | struct sta_txpwr { |
1608 | s16 power; |
1609 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; |
1610 | }; |
1611 | |
1612 | /** |
1613 | * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters |
1614 | * |
1615 | * Used to change and create a new link station. |
1616 | * |
1617 | * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station |
1618 | * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) |
1619 | * @link_mac: MAC address of the link |
1620 | * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
1621 | * (or NULL for no change) |
1622 | * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates |
1623 | * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station |
1624 | * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station |
1625 | * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification |
1626 | * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used |
1627 | * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station |
1628 | * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities |
1629 | * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station |
1630 | * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set |
1631 | * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station |
1632 | * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station |
1633 | * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities |
1634 | */ |
1635 | struct link_station_parameters { |
1636 | const u8 *mld_mac; |
1637 | int link_id; |
1638 | const u8 *link_mac; |
1639 | const u8 *supported_rates; |
1640 | u8 supported_rates_len; |
1641 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; |
1642 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; |
1643 | u8 opmode_notif; |
1644 | bool opmode_notif_used; |
1645 | const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; |
1646 | u8 he_capa_len; |
1647 | struct sta_txpwr txpwr; |
1648 | bool txpwr_set; |
1649 | const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; |
1650 | const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; |
1651 | u8 eht_capa_len; |
1652 | }; |
1653 | |
1654 | /** |
1655 | * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters |
1656 | * |
1657 | * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). |
1658 | * |
1659 | * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station |
1660 | * @link_id: the link id |
1661 | */ |
1662 | struct link_station_del_parameters { |
1663 | const u8 *mld_mac; |
1664 | u32 link_id; |
1665 | }; |
1666 | |
1667 | /** |
1668 | * struct station_parameters - station parameters |
1669 | * |
1670 | * Used to change and create a new station. |
1671 | * |
1672 | * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to |
1673 | * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed |
1674 | * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
1675 | * @sta_flags_set: station flags values |
1676 | * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
1677 | * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change |
1678 | * @aid: AID or zero for no change |
1679 | * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) |
1680 | * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change |
1681 | * @plink_action: plink action to take |
1682 | * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station |
1683 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format |
1684 | * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
1685 | * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the |
1686 | * QoS info field (but already shifted down) |
1687 | * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed |
1688 | * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), |
1689 | * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask |
1690 | * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set |
1691 | * to unknown) |
1692 | * @capability: station capability |
1693 | * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station |
1694 | * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities |
1695 | * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format |
1696 | * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels |
1697 | * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format |
1698 | * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes |
1699 | * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism |
1700 | * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station |
1701 | * @link_sta_params: link related params. |
1702 | */ |
1703 | struct station_parameters { |
1704 | struct net_device *vlan; |
1705 | u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; |
1706 | u32 sta_modify_mask; |
1707 | int listen_interval; |
1708 | u16 aid; |
1709 | u16 vlan_id; |
1710 | u16 peer_aid; |
1711 | u8 plink_action; |
1712 | u8 plink_state; |
1713 | u8 uapsd_queues; |
1714 | u8 max_sp; |
1715 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
1716 | u16 capability; |
1717 | const u8 *ext_capab; |
1718 | u8 ext_capab_len; |
1719 | const u8 *supported_channels; |
1720 | u8 supported_channels_len; |
1721 | const u8 *supported_oper_classes; |
1722 | u8 supported_oper_classes_len; |
1723 | int support_p2p_ps; |
1724 | u16 airtime_weight; |
1725 | struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; |
1726 | }; |
1727 | |
1728 | /** |
1729 | * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters |
1730 | * |
1731 | * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). |
1732 | * |
1733 | * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations |
1734 | * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal |
1735 | * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) |
1736 | * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame |
1737 | */ |
1738 | struct station_del_parameters { |
1739 | const u8 *mac; |
1740 | u8 subtype; |
1741 | u16 reason_code; |
1742 | }; |
1743 | |
1744 | /** |
1745 | * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified |
1746 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface |
1747 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still |
1748 | * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) |
1749 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has |
1750 | * the AP MLME in the device |
1751 | * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface |
1752 | * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station |
1753 | * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry |
1754 | * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when |
1755 | * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is |
1756 | * supported/used) |
1757 | * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active |
1758 | * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) |
1759 | * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) |
1760 | * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) |
1761 | */ |
1762 | enum cfg80211_station_type { |
1763 | CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, |
1764 | CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, |
1765 | CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, |
1766 | CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, |
1767 | CFG80211_STA_IBSS, |
1768 | CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, |
1769 | CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, |
1770 | CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, |
1771 | CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, |
1772 | }; |
1773 | |
1774 | /** |
1775 | * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes |
1776 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on |
1777 | * @params: the new parameters for a station |
1778 | * @statype: the type of station being modified |
1779 | * |
1780 | * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function |
1781 | * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that |
1782 | * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if |
1783 | * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for |
1784 | * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. |
1785 | */ |
1786 | int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
1787 | struct station_parameters *params, |
1788 | enum cfg80211_station_type statype); |
1789 | |
1790 | /** |
1791 | * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags |
1792 | * |
1793 | * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
1794 | * type for 802.11n transmissions. |
1795 | * |
1796 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS |
1797 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS |
1798 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
1799 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS |
1800 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information |
1801 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode |
1802 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS |
1803 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information |
1804 | * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS |
1805 | */ |
1806 | enum rate_info_flags { |
1807 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), |
1808 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), |
1809 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
1810 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), |
1811 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), |
1812 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), |
1813 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), |
1814 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), |
1815 | RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), |
1816 | }; |
1817 | |
1818 | /** |
1819 | * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information |
1820 | * |
1821 | * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. |
1822 | * |
1823 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth |
1824 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth |
1825 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth |
1826 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth |
1827 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth |
1828 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth |
1829 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation |
1830 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth |
1831 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation |
1832 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth |
1833 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth |
1834 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth |
1835 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth |
1836 | * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth |
1837 | */ |
1838 | enum rate_info_bw { |
1839 | RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, |
1840 | RATE_INFO_BW_5, |
1841 | RATE_INFO_BW_10, |
1842 | RATE_INFO_BW_40, |
1843 | RATE_INFO_BW_80, |
1844 | RATE_INFO_BW_160, |
1845 | RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, |
1846 | RATE_INFO_BW_320, |
1847 | RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, |
1848 | RATE_INFO_BW_1, |
1849 | RATE_INFO_BW_2, |
1850 | RATE_INFO_BW_4, |
1851 | RATE_INFO_BW_8, |
1852 | RATE_INFO_BW_16, |
1853 | }; |
1854 | |
1855 | /** |
1856 | * struct rate_info - bitrate information |
1857 | * |
1858 | * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate |
1859 | * |
1860 | * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags |
1861 | * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg |
1862 | * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate |
1863 | * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) |
1864 | * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) |
1865 | * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) |
1866 | * @he_dcm: HE DCM value |
1867 | * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, |
1868 | * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) |
1869 | * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) |
1870 | * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) |
1871 | * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, |
1872 | * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) |
1873 | */ |
1874 | struct rate_info { |
1875 | u16 flags; |
1876 | u16 legacy; |
1877 | u8 mcs; |
1878 | u8 nss; |
1879 | u8 bw; |
1880 | u8 he_gi; |
1881 | u8 he_dcm; |
1882 | u8 he_ru_alloc; |
1883 | u8 n_bonded_ch; |
1884 | u8 eht_gi; |
1885 | u8 eht_ru_alloc; |
1886 | }; |
1887 | |
1888 | /** |
1889 | * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags |
1890 | * |
1891 | * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
1892 | * type for 802.11n transmissions. |
1893 | * |
1894 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled |
1895 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
1896 | * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
1897 | */ |
1898 | enum bss_param_flags { |
1899 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, |
1900 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, |
1901 | BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, |
1902 | }; |
1903 | |
1904 | /** |
1905 | * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station |
1906 | * |
1907 | * Information about the currently associated BSS |
1908 | * |
1909 | * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags |
1910 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS |
1911 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
1912 | */ |
1913 | struct sta_bss_parameters { |
1914 | u8 flags; |
1915 | u8 dtim_period; |
1916 | u16 beacon_interval; |
1917 | }; |
1918 | |
1919 | /** |
1920 | * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID |
1921 | * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to |
1922 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
1923 | * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged |
1924 | * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged |
1925 | * @flows: number of new flows seen |
1926 | * @drops: total number of packets dropped |
1927 | * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE |
1928 | * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow |
1929 | * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow |
1930 | * @collisions: number of hash collisions |
1931 | * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued |
1932 | * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued |
1933 | * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported |
1934 | */ |
1935 | struct cfg80211_txq_stats { |
1936 | u32 filled; |
1937 | u32 backlog_bytes; |
1938 | u32 backlog_packets; |
1939 | u32 flows; |
1940 | u32 drops; |
1941 | u32 ecn_marks; |
1942 | u32 overlimit; |
1943 | u32 overmemory; |
1944 | u32 collisions; |
1945 | u32 tx_bytes; |
1946 | u32 tx_packets; |
1947 | u32 max_flows; |
1948 | }; |
1949 | |
1950 | /** |
1951 | * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics |
1952 | * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to |
1953 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
1954 | * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs |
1955 | * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs |
1956 | * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for |
1957 | * transmitted MSDUs |
1958 | * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs |
1959 | * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics |
1960 | */ |
1961 | struct cfg80211_tid_stats { |
1962 | u32 filled; |
1963 | u64 rx_msdu; |
1964 | u64 tx_msdu; |
1965 | u64 tx_msdu_retries; |
1966 | u64 tx_msdu_failed; |
1967 | struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; |
1968 | }; |
1969 | |
1970 | #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 |
1971 | |
1972 | /** |
1973 | * struct station_info - station information |
1974 | * |
1975 | * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. |
1976 | * |
1977 | * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to |
1978 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
1979 | * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected |
1980 | * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds |
1981 | * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association |
1982 | * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station |
1983 | * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station |
1984 | * @llid: mesh local link id |
1985 | * @plid: mesh peer link id |
1986 | * @plink_state: mesh peer link state |
1987 | * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
1988 | * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
1989 | * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
1990 | * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
1991 | * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg |
1992 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm |
1993 | * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm |
1994 | * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station |
1995 | * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station |
1996 | * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station |
1997 | * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station |
1998 | * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) |
1999 | * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) |
2000 | * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. |
2001 | * @bss_param: current BSS parameters |
2002 | * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
2003 | * This number should increase every time the list of stations |
2004 | * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
2005 | * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
2006 | * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. |
2007 | * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use |
2008 | * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for |
2009 | * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. |
2010 | * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. |
2011 | * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values |
2012 | * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. |
2013 | * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. |
2014 | * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode |
2015 | * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode |
2016 | * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode |
2017 | * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) |
2018 | * towards this station. |
2019 | * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer |
2020 | * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received |
2021 | * from this peer |
2022 | * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate |
2023 | * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer |
2024 | * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer |
2025 | * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight |
2026 | * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last |
2027 | * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. |
2028 | * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. |
2029 | * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. |
2030 | * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has |
2031 | * been sent. |
2032 | * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station |
2033 | * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with |
2034 | * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the |
2035 | * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. |
2036 | * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. |
2037 | * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server |
2038 | * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled |
2039 | * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP |
2040 | * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this |
2041 | * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and |
2042 | * dump_station() callbacks. |
2043 | * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station |
2044 | * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO |
2045 | * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. |
2046 | * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. |
2047 | * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. |
2048 | * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. |
2049 | * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user |
2050 | * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the |
2051 | * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't |
2052 | * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and |
2053 | * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine |
2054 | * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. |
2055 | * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. |
2056 | */ |
2057 | struct station_info { |
2058 | u64 filled; |
2059 | u32 connected_time; |
2060 | u32 inactive_time; |
2061 | u64 assoc_at; |
2062 | u64 rx_bytes; |
2063 | u64 tx_bytes; |
2064 | u16 llid; |
2065 | u16 plid; |
2066 | u8 plink_state; |
2067 | s8 signal; |
2068 | s8 signal_avg; |
2069 | |
2070 | u8 chains; |
2071 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
2072 | s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
2073 | |
2074 | struct rate_info txrate; |
2075 | struct rate_info rxrate; |
2076 | u32 rx_packets; |
2077 | u32 tx_packets; |
2078 | u32 tx_retries; |
2079 | u32 tx_failed; |
2080 | u32 rx_dropped_misc; |
2081 | struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; |
2082 | struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; |
2083 | |
2084 | int generation; |
2085 | |
2086 | const u8 *assoc_req_ies; |
2087 | size_t assoc_req_ies_len; |
2088 | |
2089 | u32 beacon_loss_count; |
2090 | s64 t_offset; |
2091 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
2092 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; |
2093 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; |
2094 | |
2095 | u32 expected_throughput; |
2096 | |
2097 | u64 tx_duration; |
2098 | u64 rx_duration; |
2099 | u64 rx_beacon; |
2100 | u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; |
2101 | u8 connected_to_gate; |
2102 | |
2103 | struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; |
2104 | s8 ack_signal; |
2105 | s8 avg_ack_signal; |
2106 | |
2107 | u16 airtime_weight; |
2108 | |
2109 | u32 rx_mpdu_count; |
2110 | u32 fcs_err_count; |
2111 | |
2112 | u32 airtime_link_metric; |
2113 | |
2114 | u8 connected_to_as; |
2115 | |
2116 | bool mlo_params_valid; |
2117 | u8 assoc_link_id; |
2118 | u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2119 | const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; |
2120 | size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; |
2121 | }; |
2122 | |
2123 | /** |
2124 | * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit |
2125 | * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm |
2126 | * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to |
2127 | */ |
2128 | struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { |
2129 | s32 power; |
2130 | u32 freq_range_index; |
2131 | }; |
2132 | |
2133 | /** |
2134 | * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs |
2135 | * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types |
2136 | * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs |
2137 | * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs |
2138 | */ |
2139 | struct cfg80211_sar_specs { |
2140 | enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
2141 | u32 num_sub_specs; |
2142 | struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; |
2143 | }; |
2144 | |
2145 | |
2146 | /** |
2147 | * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges |
2148 | * @start_freq: start range edge frequency |
2149 | * @end_freq: end range edge frequency |
2150 | */ |
2151 | struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { |
2152 | u32 start_freq; |
2153 | u32 end_freq; |
2154 | }; |
2155 | |
2156 | /** |
2157 | * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability |
2158 | * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types |
2159 | * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges |
2160 | * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. |
2161 | * |
2162 | * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing |
2163 | * range to small ones and then append them. |
2164 | */ |
2165 | struct cfg80211_sar_capa { |
2166 | enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
2167 | u32 num_freq_ranges; |
2168 | const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; |
2169 | }; |
2170 | |
2171 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) |
2172 | /** |
2173 | * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station |
2174 | * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to |
2175 | * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest |
2176 | * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information |
2177 | * |
2178 | * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information |
2179 | * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be |
2180 | * considered undefined. |
2181 | */ |
2182 | int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
2183 | struct station_info *sinfo); |
2184 | #else |
2185 | static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, |
2186 | const u8 *mac_addr, |
2187 | struct station_info *sinfo) |
2188 | { |
2189 | return -ENOENT; |
2190 | } |
2191 | #endif |
2192 | |
2193 | /** |
2194 | * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags |
2195 | * |
2196 | * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits |
2197 | * according to the nl80211 flags. |
2198 | * |
2199 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed |
2200 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
2201 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
2202 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
2203 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
2204 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing |
2205 | * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address |
2206 | */ |
2207 | enum monitor_flags { |
2208 | MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
2209 | MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
2210 | MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
2211 | MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
2212 | MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
2213 | MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
2214 | MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
2215 | }; |
2216 | |
2217 | /** |
2218 | * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags |
2219 | * |
2220 | * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled |
2221 | * in during get_station() or dump_station(). |
2222 | * |
2223 | * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled |
2224 | * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled |
2225 | * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled |
2226 | * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled |
2227 | * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled |
2228 | * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled |
2229 | * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled |
2230 | * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled |
2231 | * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled |
2232 | */ |
2233 | enum mpath_info_flags { |
2234 | MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), |
2235 | MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), |
2236 | MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), |
2237 | MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), |
2238 | MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), |
2239 | MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), |
2240 | MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), |
2241 | MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), |
2242 | MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), |
2243 | }; |
2244 | |
2245 | /** |
2246 | * struct mpath_info - mesh path information |
2247 | * |
2248 | * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). |
2249 | * |
2250 | * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags |
2251 | * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination |
2252 | * @sn: target sequence number |
2253 | * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
2254 | * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs |
2255 | * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags |
2256 | * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs |
2257 | * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries |
2258 | * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
2259 | * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths |
2260 | * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
2261 | * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
2262 | * @hop_count: hops to destination |
2263 | * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination |
2264 | */ |
2265 | struct mpath_info { |
2266 | u32 filled; |
2267 | u32 frame_qlen; |
2268 | u32 sn; |
2269 | u32 metric; |
2270 | u32 exptime; |
2271 | u32 discovery_timeout; |
2272 | u8 discovery_retries; |
2273 | u8 flags; |
2274 | u8 hop_count; |
2275 | u32 path_change_count; |
2276 | |
2277 | int generation; |
2278 | }; |
2279 | |
2280 | /** |
2281 | * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters |
2282 | * |
2283 | * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). |
2284 | * |
2285 | * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD |
2286 | * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection |
2287 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
2288 | * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed |
2289 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
2290 | * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed |
2291 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
2292 | * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
2293 | * (or NULL for no change) |
2294 | * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates |
2295 | * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations |
2296 | * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
2297 | * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode |
2298 | * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) |
2299 | * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) |
2300 | * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) |
2301 | */ |
2302 | struct bss_parameters { |
2303 | int link_id; |
2304 | int use_cts_prot; |
2305 | int use_short_preamble; |
2306 | int use_short_slot_time; |
2307 | const u8 *basic_rates; |
2308 | u8 basic_rates_len; |
2309 | int ap_isolate; |
2310 | int ht_opmode; |
2311 | s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; |
2312 | }; |
2313 | |
2314 | /** |
2315 | * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration |
2316 | * |
2317 | * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. |
2318 | * |
2319 | * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used |
2320 | * by the Mesh Peering Open message |
2321 | * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units |
2322 | * used by the Mesh Peering Open message |
2323 | * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by |
2324 | * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering |
2325 | * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this |
2326 | * mesh interface |
2327 | * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can |
2328 | * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh |
2329 | * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA |
2330 | * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection |
2331 | * elements |
2332 | * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we |
2333 | * detect compatible mesh peers |
2334 | * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to |
2335 | * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
2336 | * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ |
2337 | * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target |
2338 | * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds |
2339 | * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on |
2340 | * a path discovery in milliseconds |
2341 | * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
2342 | * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the |
2343 | * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
2344 | * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
2345 | * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
2346 | * element |
2347 | * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
2348 | * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR |
2349 | * element |
2350 | * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that |
2351 | * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh |
2352 | * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA |
2353 | * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root |
2354 | * announcements are transmitted |
2355 | * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh |
2356 | * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is |
2357 | * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true |
2358 | * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but |
2359 | * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the |
2360 | * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) |
2361 | * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding |
2362 | * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
2363 | * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate |
2364 | * station to establish a peer link |
2365 | * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode |
2366 | * |
2367 | * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
2368 | * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to |
2369 | * the root mesh STA to be valid. |
2370 | * |
2371 | * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive |
2372 | * PREQs are transmitted. |
2373 | * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) |
2374 | * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing |
2375 | * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
2376 | * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial |
2377 | * setting for new peer links. |
2378 | * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake |
2379 | * after transmitting its beacon. |
2380 | * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established |
2381 | * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it |
2382 | * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. |
2383 | * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA |
2384 | * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server |
2385 | * in the mesh formation field. |
2386 | * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is |
2387 | * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the |
2388 | * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths |
2389 | * in the mesh path table |
2390 | * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP |
2391 | * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might |
2392 | * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So |
2393 | * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable |
2394 | * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. |
2395 | */ |
2396 | struct mesh_config { |
2397 | u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; |
2398 | u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; |
2399 | u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; |
2400 | u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; |
2401 | u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; |
2402 | u8 dot11MeshTTL; |
2403 | u8 element_ttl; |
2404 | bool auto_open_plinks; |
2405 | u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; |
2406 | u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; |
2407 | u32 path_refresh_time; |
2408 | u16 min_discovery_timeout; |
2409 | u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; |
2410 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; |
2411 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; |
2412 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; |
2413 | u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; |
2414 | bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; |
2415 | bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; |
2416 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; |
2417 | bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; |
2418 | bool dot11MeshForwarding; |
2419 | s32 ; |
2420 | u16 ht_opmode; |
2421 | u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; |
2422 | u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; |
2423 | u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; |
2424 | enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; |
2425 | u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; |
2426 | u32 plink_timeout; |
2427 | bool dot11MeshNolearn; |
2428 | }; |
2429 | |
2430 | /** |
2431 | * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration |
2432 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
2433 | * @mesh_id: the mesh ID |
2434 | * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes |
2435 | * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use |
2436 | * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use |
2437 | * @path_metric: which metric to use |
2438 | * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using |
2439 | * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) |
2440 | * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements |
2441 | * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication |
2442 | * @is_secure: this mesh uses security |
2443 | * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions |
2444 | * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use |
2445 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
2446 | * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] |
2447 | * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh |
2448 | * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
2449 | * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
2450 | * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
2451 | * to operate on DFS channels. |
2452 | * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
2453 | * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
2454 | * |
2455 | * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. |
2456 | */ |
2457 | struct mesh_setup { |
2458 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
2459 | const u8 *mesh_id; |
2460 | u8 mesh_id_len; |
2461 | u8 sync_method; |
2462 | u8 path_sel_proto; |
2463 | u8 path_metric; |
2464 | u8 auth_id; |
2465 | const u8 *ie; |
2466 | u8 ie_len; |
2467 | bool is_authenticated; |
2468 | bool is_secure; |
2469 | bool user_mpm; |
2470 | u8 dtim_period; |
2471 | u16 beacon_interval; |
2472 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
2473 | u32 basic_rates; |
2474 | struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
2475 | bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
2476 | bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
2477 | }; |
2478 | |
2479 | /** |
2480 | * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration |
2481 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
2482 | * |
2483 | * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network |
2484 | */ |
2485 | struct ocb_setup { |
2486 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
2487 | }; |
2488 | |
2489 | /** |
2490 | * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters |
2491 | * @ac: AC identifier |
2492 | * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
2493 | * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
2494 | * 1..32767] |
2495 | * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
2496 | * 1..32767] |
2497 | * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
2498 | * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD |
2499 | */ |
2500 | struct ieee80211_txq_params { |
2501 | enum nl80211_ac ac; |
2502 | u16 txop; |
2503 | u16 cwmin; |
2504 | u16 cwmax; |
2505 | u8 aifs; |
2506 | int link_id; |
2507 | }; |
2508 | |
2509 | /** |
2510 | * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling |
2511 | * |
2512 | * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite |
2513 | * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will |
2514 | * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the |
2515 | * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the |
2516 | * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to |
2517 | * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements |
2518 | * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be |
2519 | * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised |
2520 | * in the wiphy structure. |
2521 | * |
2522 | * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because |
2523 | * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not |
2524 | * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. |
2525 | * |
2526 | * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of |
2527 | * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the |
2528 | * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available |
2529 | * to userspace. |
2530 | */ |
2531 | |
2532 | /** |
2533 | * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description |
2534 | * @ssid: the SSID |
2535 | * @ssid_len: length of the ssid |
2536 | */ |
2537 | struct cfg80211_ssid { |
2538 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
2539 | u8 ssid_len; |
2540 | }; |
2541 | |
2542 | /** |
2543 | * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan |
2544 | * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the |
2545 | * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this |
2546 | * information is not available, this field is left zero. |
2547 | * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. |
2548 | * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, |
2549 | * userspace will be notified of that |
2550 | */ |
2551 | struct cfg80211_scan_info { |
2552 | u64 scan_start_tsf; |
2553 | u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2554 | bool aborted; |
2555 | }; |
2556 | |
2557 | /** |
2558 | * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only |
2559 | * |
2560 | * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for |
2561 | * @bssid: bssid to scan for |
2562 | * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request |
2563 | * which the above info relvant to |
2564 | * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU |
2565 | * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used |
2566 | * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait |
2567 | * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. |
2568 | * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. |
2569 | */ |
2570 | struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { |
2571 | u32 short_ssid; |
2572 | u32 channel_idx; |
2573 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
2574 | bool unsolicited_probe; |
2575 | bool short_ssid_valid; |
2576 | bool psc_no_listen; |
2577 | s8 psd_20; |
2578 | }; |
2579 | |
2580 | /** |
2581 | * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description |
2582 | * |
2583 | * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) |
2584 | * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
2585 | * @channels: channels to scan on. |
2586 | * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
2587 | * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
2588 | * @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
2589 | * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If |
2590 | * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and |
2591 | * the actual dwell time may be shorter. |
2592 | * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the |
2593 | * %duration field. |
2594 | * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags |
2595 | * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band |
2596 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
2597 | * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started |
2598 | * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for |
2599 | * @info: (internal) information about completed scan |
2600 | * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted |
2601 | * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band |
2602 | * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
2603 | * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
2604 | * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
2605 | * be taken from the @mac_addr |
2606 | * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, |
2607 | * true if this is the second scan request |
2608 | * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params |
2609 | * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params |
2610 | * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) |
2611 | */ |
2612 | struct cfg80211_scan_request { |
2613 | struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
2614 | int n_ssids; |
2615 | u32 n_channels; |
2616 | const u8 *ie; |
2617 | size_t ie_len; |
2618 | u16 duration; |
2619 | bool duration_mandatory; |
2620 | u32 flags; |
2621 | |
2622 | u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
2623 | |
2624 | struct wireless_dev *wdev; |
2625 | |
2626 | u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2627 | u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2628 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2629 | |
2630 | /* internal */ |
2631 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
2632 | unsigned long scan_start; |
2633 | struct cfg80211_scan_info info; |
2634 | bool notified; |
2635 | bool no_cck; |
2636 | bool scan_6ghz; |
2637 | u32 n_6ghz_params; |
2638 | struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; |
2639 | |
2640 | /* keep last */ |
2641 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); |
2642 | }; |
2643 | |
2644 | static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) |
2645 | { |
2646 | int i; |
2647 | |
2648 | get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); |
2649 | for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { |
2650 | buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; |
2651 | buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; |
2652 | } |
2653 | } |
2654 | |
2655 | /** |
2656 | * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match |
2657 | * |
2658 | * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match |
2659 | * or no match (RSSI only) |
2660 | * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match |
2661 | * or no match (RSSI only) |
2662 | * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) |
2663 | * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied |
2664 | * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertise this support |
2665 | * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability |
2666 | * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band |
2667 | * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. |
2668 | * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of |
2669 | * corresponding matchset. |
2670 | */ |
2671 | struct cfg80211_match_set { |
2672 | struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
2673 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
2674 | s32 ; |
2675 | s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
2676 | }; |
2677 | |
2678 | /** |
2679 | * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan |
2680 | * |
2681 | * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. |
2682 | * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means |
2683 | * infinite loop. |
2684 | * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, |
2685 | * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. |
2686 | */ |
2687 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { |
2688 | u32 interval; |
2689 | u32 iterations; |
2690 | }; |
2691 | |
2692 | /** |
2693 | * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. |
2694 | * |
2695 | * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. |
2696 | * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. |
2697 | */ |
2698 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { |
2699 | enum nl80211_band band; |
2700 | s8 delta; |
2701 | }; |
2702 | |
2703 | /** |
2704 | * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description |
2705 | * |
2706 | * @reqid: identifies this request. |
2707 | * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) |
2708 | * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
2709 | * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
2710 | * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
2711 | * @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
2712 | * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags |
2713 | * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result |
2714 | * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host |
2715 | * (others are filtered out). |
2716 | * If omitted, all results are passed. |
2717 | * @n_match_sets: number of match sets |
2718 | * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request |
2719 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
2720 | * @dev: the interface |
2721 | * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan |
2722 | * @channels: channels to scan |
2723 | * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this |
2724 | * contains the minimum over all matchsets |
2725 | * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
2726 | * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
2727 | * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
2728 | * be taken from the @mac_addr |
2729 | * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest |
2730 | * index must be executed first. |
2731 | * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. |
2732 | * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct |
2733 | * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request |
2734 | * owned by a particular socket) |
2735 | * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed |
2736 | * @list: for keeping list of requests. |
2737 | * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan |
2738 | * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start |
2739 | * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not |
2740 | * supported. |
2741 | * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. |
2742 | * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result |
2743 | * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined |
2744 | * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. |
2745 | * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. |
2746 | * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong |
2747 | * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported |
2748 | * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that |
2749 | * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative |
2750 | * comparisons. |
2751 | */ |
2752 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { |
2753 | u64 reqid; |
2754 | struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
2755 | int n_ssids; |
2756 | u32 n_channels; |
2757 | const u8 *ie; |
2758 | size_t ie_len; |
2759 | u32 flags; |
2760 | struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; |
2761 | int n_match_sets; |
2762 | s32 ; |
2763 | u32 delay; |
2764 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; |
2765 | int n_scan_plans; |
2766 | |
2767 | u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2768 | u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2769 | |
2770 | bool ; |
2771 | s8 ; |
2772 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust ; |
2773 | |
2774 | /* internal */ |
2775 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
2776 | struct net_device *dev; |
2777 | unsigned long scan_start; |
2778 | bool report_results; |
2779 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
2780 | u32 owner_nlportid; |
2781 | bool nl_owner_dead; |
2782 | struct list_head list; |
2783 | |
2784 | /* keep last */ |
2785 | struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; |
2786 | }; |
2787 | |
2788 | /** |
2789 | * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type |
2790 | * |
2791 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available |
2792 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) |
2793 | * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 |
2794 | */ |
2795 | enum cfg80211_signal_type { |
2796 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, |
2797 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, |
2798 | CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, |
2799 | }; |
2800 | |
2801 | /** |
2802 | * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data |
2803 | * @chan: channel the frame was received on |
2804 | * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's |
2805 | * signal type |
2806 | * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was |
2807 | * received; should match the time when the frame was actually |
2808 | * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was |
2809 | * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. |
2810 | * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of |
2811 | * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. |
2812 | * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the |
2813 | * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified |
2814 | * by %parent_bssid. |
2815 | * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to |
2816 | * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. |
2817 | * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
2818 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
2819 | * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss |
2820 | */ |
2821 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss { |
2822 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
2823 | s32 signal; |
2824 | u64 boottime_ns; |
2825 | u64 parent_tsf; |
2826 | u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
2827 | u8 chains; |
2828 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
2829 | |
2830 | void *drv_data; |
2831 | }; |
2832 | |
2833 | /** |
2834 | * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data |
2835 | * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs |
2836 | * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing |
2837 | * @len: length of the IEs |
2838 | * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon |
2839 | * @data: IE data |
2840 | */ |
2841 | struct cfg80211_bss_ies { |
2842 | u64 tsf; |
2843 | struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
2844 | int len; |
2845 | bool from_beacon; |
2846 | u8 data[]; |
2847 | }; |
2848 | |
2849 | /** |
2850 | * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description |
2851 | * |
2852 | * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) |
2853 | * for use in scan results and similar. |
2854 | * |
2855 | * @channel: channel this BSS is on |
2856 | * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS |
2857 | * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame |
2858 | * @capability: the capability field in host byte order |
2859 | * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these |
2860 | * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or |
2861 | * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been |
2862 | * received. It is always non-%NULL. |
2863 | * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame |
2864 | * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't |
2865 | * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the |
2866 | * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) |
2867 | * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame |
2868 | * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from |
2869 | * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct |
2870 | * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and |
2871 | * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. |
2872 | * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a |
2873 | * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) |
2874 | * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one |
2875 | * (multi-BSSID support) |
2876 | * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) |
2877 | * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
2878 | * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
2879 | * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set |
2880 | * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set |
2881 | * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes |
2882 | */ |
2883 | struct cfg80211_bss { |
2884 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
2885 | |
2886 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; |
2887 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; |
2888 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; |
2889 | |
2890 | struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; |
2891 | struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; |
2892 | struct list_head nontrans_list; |
2893 | |
2894 | s32 signal; |
2895 | |
2896 | u16 beacon_interval; |
2897 | u16 capability; |
2898 | |
2899 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
2900 | u8 chains; |
2901 | s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
2902 | |
2903 | u8 bssid_index; |
2904 | u8 max_bssid_indicator; |
2905 | |
2906 | u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
2907 | }; |
2908 | |
2909 | /** |
2910 | * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID |
2911 | * @bss: the bss to search |
2912 | * @id: the element ID |
2913 | * |
2914 | * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
2915 | * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
2916 | * Return: %NULL if not found. |
2917 | */ |
2918 | const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); |
2919 | |
2920 | /** |
2921 | * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID |
2922 | * @bss: the bss to search |
2923 | * @id: the element ID |
2924 | * |
2925 | * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
2926 | * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
2927 | * Return: %NULL if not found. |
2928 | */ |
2929 | static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) |
2930 | { |
2931 | return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); |
2932 | } |
2933 | |
2934 | |
2935 | /** |
2936 | * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data |
2937 | * |
2938 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
2939 | * authentication. |
2940 | * |
2941 | * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference |
2942 | * to it if it needs to keep it. |
2943 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
2944 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL |
2945 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
2946 | * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
2947 | * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
2948 | * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
2949 | * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains |
2950 | * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the |
2951 | * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication |
2952 | * transaction sequence number field. |
2953 | * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets |
2954 | * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, |
2955 | * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the |
2956 | * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and |
2957 | * given an MLD address) by the driver |
2958 | * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with |
2959 | * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 |
2960 | */ |
2961 | struct cfg80211_auth_request { |
2962 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
2963 | const u8 *ie; |
2964 | size_t ie_len; |
2965 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
2966 | const u8 *key; |
2967 | u8 key_len; |
2968 | s8 key_idx; |
2969 | const u8 *auth_data; |
2970 | size_t auth_data_len; |
2971 | s8 link_id; |
2972 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
2973 | }; |
2974 | |
2975 | /** |
2976 | * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association |
2977 | * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; |
2978 | * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested |
2979 | * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link |
2980 | * @elems_len: length of the elements |
2981 | * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it |
2982 | * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. |
2983 | * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the |
2984 | * operation as a whole must fail. |
2985 | */ |
2986 | struct cfg80211_assoc_link { |
2987 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
2988 | const u8 *elems; |
2989 | size_t elems_len; |
2990 | bool disabled; |
2991 | int error; |
2992 | }; |
2993 | |
2994 | /** |
2995 | * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. |
2996 | * |
2997 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) |
2998 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT |
2999 | * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association |
3000 | * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external |
3001 | * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to |
3002 | * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() |
3003 | * request (connect callback). |
3004 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE |
3005 | * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT |
3006 | * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. |
3007 | * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this |
3008 | * flag is not set. |
3009 | */ |
3010 | enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { |
3011 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), |
3012 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), |
3013 | ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), |
3014 | CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), |
3015 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), |
3016 | ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), |
3017 | CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), |
3018 | }; |
3019 | |
3020 | /** |
3021 | * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data |
3022 | * |
3023 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
3024 | * (re)association. |
3025 | * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is |
3026 | * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() |
3027 | * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new |
3028 | * association requests while already associating must be rejected. |
3029 | * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead |
3030 | * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. |
3031 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL |
3032 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
3033 | * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association |
3034 | * @crypto: crypto settings |
3035 | * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
3036 | * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
3037 | * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
3038 | * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
3039 | * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
3040 | * frame. |
3041 | * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
3042 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
3043 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
3044 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
3045 | * @vht_capa: VHT capability override |
3046 | * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use |
3047 | * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or |
3048 | * %NULL if FILS is not used. |
3049 | * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets |
3050 | * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association |
3051 | * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts |
3052 | * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. |
3053 | * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override |
3054 | * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask |
3055 | * @links: per-link information for MLO connections |
3056 | * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates |
3057 | * the link on which the association request should be sent |
3058 | * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, |
3059 | * valid iff @link_id >= 0 |
3060 | */ |
3061 | struct cfg80211_assoc_request { |
3062 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
3063 | const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; |
3064 | size_t ie_len; |
3065 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
3066 | bool use_mfp; |
3067 | u32 flags; |
3068 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
3069 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
3070 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; |
3071 | const u8 *fils_kek; |
3072 | size_t fils_kek_len; |
3073 | const u8 *fils_nonces; |
3074 | struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; |
3075 | struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
3076 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
3077 | s8 link_id; |
3078 | }; |
3079 | |
3080 | /** |
3081 | * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data |
3082 | * |
3083 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
3084 | * deauthentication. |
3085 | * |
3086 | * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from |
3087 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL |
3088 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
3089 | * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication |
3090 | * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and |
3091 | * do not set a deauth frame |
3092 | */ |
3093 | struct cfg80211_deauth_request { |
3094 | const u8 *bssid; |
3095 | const u8 *ie; |
3096 | size_t ie_len; |
3097 | u16 reason_code; |
3098 | bool local_state_change; |
3099 | }; |
3100 | |
3101 | /** |
3102 | * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data |
3103 | * |
3104 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
3105 | * disassociation. |
3106 | * |
3107 | * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from |
3108 | * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL |
3109 | * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
3110 | * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation |
3111 | * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no |
3112 | * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. |
3113 | */ |
3114 | struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { |
3115 | const u8 *ap_addr; |
3116 | const u8 *ie; |
3117 | size_t ie_len; |
3118 | u16 reason_code; |
3119 | bool local_state_change; |
3120 | }; |
3121 | |
3122 | /** |
3123 | * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters |
3124 | * |
3125 | * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() |
3126 | * method. |
3127 | * |
3128 | * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. |
3129 | * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. |
3130 | * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not |
3131 | * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. |
3132 | * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found |
3133 | * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for |
3134 | * IBSSs to join on other channels. |
3135 | * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon |
3136 | * @ie_len: length of that |
3137 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
3138 | * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured |
3139 | * after joining |
3140 | * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
3141 | * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
3142 | * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
3143 | * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
3144 | * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
3145 | * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
3146 | * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
3147 | * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
3148 | * to operate on DFS channels. |
3149 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS |
3150 | * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
3151 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
3152 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
3153 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
3154 | * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of |
3155 | * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys |
3156 | * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key |
3157 | */ |
3158 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params { |
3159 | const u8 *ssid; |
3160 | const u8 *bssid; |
3161 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
3162 | const u8 *ie; |
3163 | u8 ssid_len, ie_len; |
3164 | u16 beacon_interval; |
3165 | u32 basic_rates; |
3166 | bool channel_fixed; |
3167 | bool privacy; |
3168 | bool control_port; |
3169 | bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
3170 | bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
3171 | int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
3172 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
3173 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
3174 | struct key_params *wep_keys; |
3175 | int wep_tx_key; |
3176 | }; |
3177 | |
3178 | /** |
3179 | * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. |
3180 | * |
3181 | * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. |
3182 | * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. |
3183 | * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. |
3184 | * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. |
3185 | */ |
3186 | struct cfg80211_bss_selection { |
3187 | enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; |
3188 | union { |
3189 | enum nl80211_band band_pref; |
3190 | struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; |
3191 | } param; |
3192 | }; |
3193 | |
3194 | /** |
3195 | * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters |
3196 | * |
3197 | * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
3198 | * authentication and association. |
3199 | * |
3200 | * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based |
3201 | * on scan results) |
3202 | * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or |
3203 | * %NULL if not specified |
3204 | * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan |
3205 | * results) |
3206 | * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or |
3207 | * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is |
3208 | * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS |
3209 | * to use. |
3210 | * @ssid: SSID |
3211 | * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets |
3212 | * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
3213 | * @ie: IEs for association request |
3214 | * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets |
3215 | * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used |
3216 | * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used |
3217 | * @crypto: crypto settings |
3218 | * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
3219 | * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
3220 | * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
3221 | * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
3222 | * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds |
3223 | * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. |
3224 | * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
3225 | * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
3226 | * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
3227 | * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides |
3228 | * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. |
3229 | * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG |
3230 | * networks. |
3231 | * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. |
3232 | * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
3233 | * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
3234 | * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
3235 | * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
3236 | * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
3237 | * frame. |
3238 | * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the |
3239 | * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped |
3240 | * data IE. |
3241 | * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. |
3242 | * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or |
3243 | * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and |
3244 | * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
3245 | * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. |
3246 | * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP |
3247 | * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
3248 | * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional |
3249 | * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. |
3250 | * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. |
3251 | * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver |
3252 | * offload of 4-way handshake. |
3253 | * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. |
3254 | * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver |
3255 | * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. |
3256 | */ |
3257 | struct cfg80211_connect_params { |
3258 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
3259 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; |
3260 | const u8 *bssid; |
3261 | const u8 *bssid_hint; |
3262 | const u8 *ssid; |
3263 | size_t ssid_len; |
3264 | enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
3265 | const u8 *ie; |
3266 | size_t ie_len; |
3267 | bool privacy; |
3268 | enum nl80211_mfp mfp; |
3269 | struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
3270 | const u8 *key; |
3271 | u8 key_len, key_idx; |
3272 | u32 flags; |
3273 | int bg_scan_period; |
3274 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
3275 | struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
3276 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; |
3277 | struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; |
3278 | bool pbss; |
3279 | struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; |
3280 | const u8 *prev_bssid; |
3281 | const u8 *fils_erp_username; |
3282 | size_t fils_erp_username_len; |
3283 | const u8 *fils_erp_realm; |
3284 | size_t fils_erp_realm_len; |
3285 | u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; |
3286 | const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; |
3287 | size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; |
3288 | bool want_1x; |
3289 | struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
3290 | }; |
3291 | |
3292 | /** |
3293 | * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated |
3294 | * |
3295 | * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that |
3296 | * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. |
3297 | * |
3298 | * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated |
3299 | * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, |
3300 | * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated |
3301 | * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated |
3302 | */ |
3303 | enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { |
3304 | UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), |
3305 | UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), |
3306 | UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), |
3307 | }; |
3308 | |
3309 | /** |
3310 | * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values |
3311 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed |
3312 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed |
3313 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed |
3314 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed |
3315 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed |
3316 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled |
3317 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed |
3318 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed |
3319 | * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum |
3320 | */ |
3321 | enum wiphy_params_flags { |
3322 | WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, |
3323 | WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, |
3324 | WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, |
3325 | WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, |
3326 | WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, |
3327 | WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, |
3328 | WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, |
3329 | WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, |
3330 | WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, |
3331 | }; |
3332 | |
3333 | #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 |
3334 | |
3335 | /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ |
3336 | #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 |
3337 | #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 |
3338 | |
3339 | /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ |
3340 | #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 |
3341 | |
3342 | /** |
3343 | * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association |
3344 | * |
3345 | * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA |
3346 | * caching. |
3347 | * |
3348 | * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). |
3349 | * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
3350 | * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key |
3351 | * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. |
3352 | * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on |
3353 | * the hash algorithm used to generate this. |
3354 | * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS |
3355 | * cache identifier (may be %NULL). |
3356 | * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. |
3357 | * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the |
3358 | * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be |
3359 | * %NULL). |
3360 | * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds |
3361 | * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. |
3362 | * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after |
3363 | * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on |
3364 | * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK |
3365 | * used for it expires. |
3366 | * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of |
3367 | * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. |
3368 | * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using |
3369 | * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this |
3370 | * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. |
3371 | */ |
3372 | struct cfg80211_pmksa { |
3373 | const u8 *bssid; |
3374 | const u8 *pmkid; |
3375 | const u8 *pmk; |
3376 | size_t pmk_len; |
3377 | const u8 *ssid; |
3378 | size_t ssid_len; |
3379 | const u8 *cache_id; |
3380 | u32 pmk_lifetime; |
3381 | u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; |
3382 | }; |
3383 | |
3384 | /** |
3385 | * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern |
3386 | * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, |
3387 | * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 |
3388 | * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 |
3389 | * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) |
3390 | * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) |
3391 | * |
3392 | * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of |
3393 | * memory, free @mask only! |
3394 | */ |
3395 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { |
3396 | const u8 *mask, *pattern; |
3397 | int pattern_len; |
3398 | int pkt_offset; |
3399 | }; |
3400 | |
3401 | /** |
3402 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters |
3403 | * |
3404 | * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation |
3405 | * @src: source IP address |
3406 | * @dst: destination IP address |
3407 | * @dst_mac: destination MAC address |
3408 | * @src_port: source port |
3409 | * @dst_port: destination port |
3410 | * @payload_len: data payload length |
3411 | * @payload: data payload buffer |
3412 | * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration |
3413 | * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets |
3414 | * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length |
3415 | * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data |
3416 | * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask |
3417 | * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer |
3418 | * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration |
3419 | */ |
3420 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { |
3421 | struct socket *sock; |
3422 | __be32 src, dst; |
3423 | u16 src_port, dst_port; |
3424 | u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; |
3425 | int payload_len; |
3426 | const u8 *payload; |
3427 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; |
3428 | u32 data_interval; |
3429 | u32 wake_len; |
3430 | const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; |
3431 | u32 tokens_size; |
3432 | /* must be last, variable member */ |
3433 | struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; |
3434 | }; |
3435 | |
3436 | /** |
3437 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info |
3438 | * |
3439 | * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. |
3440 | * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues |
3441 | * operating as normal during suspend |
3442 | * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected |
3443 | * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet |
3444 | * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern |
3445 | * @n_patterns: number of patterns |
3446 | * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure |
3447 | * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet |
3448 | * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake |
3449 | * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released |
3450 | * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. |
3451 | * NULL if not configured. |
3452 | * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. |
3453 | */ |
3454 | struct cfg80211_wowlan { |
3455 | bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
3456 | eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
3457 | rfkill_release; |
3458 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
3459 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; |
3460 | int n_patterns; |
3461 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; |
3462 | }; |
3463 | |
3464 | /** |
3465 | * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters |
3466 | * |
3467 | * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. |
3468 | * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. |
3469 | * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. |
3470 | * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
3471 | * @patterns: array of packet patterns |
3472 | * @n_patterns: number of patterns |
3473 | */ |
3474 | struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { |
3475 | int delay; |
3476 | enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; |
3477 | struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
3478 | int n_patterns; |
3479 | }; |
3480 | |
3481 | /** |
3482 | * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings |
3483 | * |
3484 | * This structure defines coalescing settings. |
3485 | * @rules: array of coalesce rules |
3486 | * @n_rules: number of rules |
3487 | */ |
3488 | struct cfg80211_coalesce { |
3489 | struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; |
3490 | int n_rules; |
3491 | }; |
3492 | |
3493 | /** |
3494 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match |
3495 | * |
3496 | * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up |
3497 | * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This |
3498 | * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. |
3499 | * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match |
3500 | * occurred (in MHz) |
3501 | */ |
3502 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { |
3503 | struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
3504 | int n_channels; |
3505 | u32 channels[]; |
3506 | }; |
3507 | |
3508 | /** |
3509 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information |
3510 | * |
3511 | * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in |
3512 | * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide |
3513 | * match information. |
3514 | * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about |
3515 | * the matches that triggered the wake up. |
3516 | */ |
3517 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { |
3518 | int n_matches; |
3519 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; |
3520 | }; |
3521 | |
3522 | /** |
3523 | * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report |
3524 | * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected |
3525 | * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet |
3526 | * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure |
3527 | * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet |
3528 | * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake |
3529 | * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released |
3530 | * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern |
3531 | * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data |
3532 | * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length |
3533 | * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. |
3534 | * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data |
3535 | * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for |
3536 | * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which |
3537 | * it is. |
3538 | * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received |
3539 | * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish |
3540 | * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens |
3541 | * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect |
3542 | */ |
3543 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { |
3544 | bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
3545 | eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
3546 | rfkill_release, packet_80211, |
3547 | tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; |
3548 | s32 pattern_idx; |
3549 | u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; |
3550 | const void *packet; |
3551 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; |
3552 | }; |
3553 | |
3554 | /** |
3555 | * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data |
3556 | * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) |
3557 | * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) |
3558 | * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) |
3559 | * @kek_len: length of kek |
3560 | * @kck_len: length of kck |
3561 | * @akm: akm (oui, id) |
3562 | */ |
3563 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { |
3564 | const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; |
3565 | u32 akm; |
3566 | u8 kek_len, kck_len; |
3567 | }; |
3568 | |
3569 | /** |
3570 | * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information |
3571 | * |
3572 | * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE |
3573 | * |
3574 | * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value |
3575 | * @ie: Fast Transition IEs |
3576 | * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets |
3577 | */ |
3578 | struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { |
3579 | u16 md; |
3580 | const u8 *ie; |
3581 | size_t ie_len; |
3582 | }; |
3583 | |
3584 | /** |
3585 | * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters |
3586 | * |
3587 | * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame |
3588 | * |
3589 | * @chan: channel to use |
3590 | * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required |
3591 | * @wait: duration for ROC |
3592 | * @buf: buffer to transmit |
3593 | * @len: buffer length |
3594 | * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame |
3595 | * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack |
3596 | * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array |
3597 | * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame |
3598 | * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note |
3599 | * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the |
3600 | * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) |
3601 | */ |
3602 | struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { |
3603 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
3604 | bool offchan; |
3605 | unsigned int wait; |
3606 | const u8 *buf; |
3607 | size_t len; |
3608 | bool no_cck; |
3609 | bool dont_wait_for_ack; |
3610 | int n_csa_offsets; |
3611 | const u16 *csa_offsets; |
3612 | int link_id; |
3613 | }; |
3614 | |
3615 | /** |
3616 | * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception |
3617 | * |
3618 | * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition |
3619 | * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs |
3620 | */ |
3621 | struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { |
3622 | u8 dscp; |
3623 | u8 up; |
3624 | }; |
3625 | |
3626 | /** |
3627 | * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority |
3628 | * |
3629 | * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
3630 | * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
3631 | */ |
3632 | struct cfg80211_dscp_range { |
3633 | u8 low; |
3634 | u8 high; |
3635 | }; |
3636 | |
3637 | /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ |
3638 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 |
3639 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 |
3640 | #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ |
3641 | (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) |
3642 | |
3643 | /** |
3644 | * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information |
3645 | * |
3646 | * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values |
3647 | * |
3648 | * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) |
3649 | * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from |
3650 | * the user priority DSCP range definition |
3651 | * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority |
3652 | */ |
3653 | struct cfg80211_qos_map { |
3654 | u8 num_des; |
3655 | struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; |
3656 | struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; |
3657 | }; |
3658 | |
3659 | /** |
3660 | * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration |
3661 | * |
3662 | * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters |
3663 | * |
3664 | * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) |
3665 | * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. |
3666 | * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
3667 | * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
3668 | */ |
3669 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf { |
3670 | u8 master_pref; |
3671 | u8 bands; |
3672 | }; |
3673 | |
3674 | /** |
3675 | * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN |
3676 | * configuration |
3677 | * |
3678 | * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference |
3679 | * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands |
3680 | */ |
3681 | enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { |
3682 | CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), |
3683 | CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /** |
3687 | * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter |
3688 | * |
3689 | * @filter: the content of the filter |
3690 | * @len: the length of the filter |
3691 | */ |
3692 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { |
3693 | const u8 *filter; |
3694 | u8 len; |
3695 | }; |
3696 | |
3697 | /** |
3698 | * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function |
3699 | * |
3700 | * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type |
3701 | * @service_id: the service ID of the function |
3702 | * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type |
3703 | * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is |
3704 | * implementation specific. |
3705 | * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted |
3706 | * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active |
3707 | * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up |
3708 | * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up |
3709 | * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up |
3710 | * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. |
3711 | * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info |
3712 | * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length |
3713 | * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive |
3714 | * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter |
3715 | * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length |
3716 | * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index |
3717 | * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses |
3718 | * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF |
3719 | * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter |
3720 | * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. |
3721 | * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. |
3722 | * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. |
3723 | * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. |
3724 | * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. |
3725 | */ |
3726 | struct cfg80211_nan_func { |
3727 | enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
3728 | u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; |
3729 | u8 publish_type; |
3730 | bool close_range; |
3731 | bool publish_bcast; |
3732 | bool subscribe_active; |
3733 | u8 followup_id; |
3734 | u8 followup_reqid; |
3735 | struct mac_address followup_dest; |
3736 | u32 ttl; |
3737 | const u8 *serv_spec_info; |
3738 | u8 serv_spec_info_len; |
3739 | bool srf_include; |
3740 | const u8 *srf_bf; |
3741 | u8 srf_bf_len; |
3742 | u8 srf_bf_idx; |
3743 | struct mac_address *srf_macs; |
3744 | int srf_num_macs; |
3745 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; |
3746 | struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; |
3747 | u8 num_tx_filters; |
3748 | u8 num_rx_filters; |
3749 | u8 instance_id; |
3750 | u64 cookie; |
3751 | }; |
3752 | |
3753 | /** |
3754 | * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration |
3755 | * |
3756 | * @aa: authenticator address |
3757 | * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. |
3758 | * @pmk: the PMK material |
3759 | * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK |
3760 | * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field |
3761 | * holds PMK-R0. |
3762 | */ |
3763 | struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { |
3764 | const u8 *aa; |
3765 | u8 pmk_len; |
3766 | const u8 *pmk; |
3767 | const u8 *pmk_r0_name; |
3768 | }; |
3769 | |
3770 | /** |
3771 | * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. |
3772 | * |
3773 | * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. |
3774 | * |
3775 | * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant |
3776 | * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). |
3777 | * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has |
3778 | * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and |
3779 | * authentication response command interface. |
3780 | * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and |
3781 | * authentication response command interface. |
3782 | * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the |
3783 | * authentication request event interface. |
3784 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, |
3785 | * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you |
3786 | * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication |
3787 | * response command interface (user space to driver). |
3788 | * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
3789 | * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event |
3790 | * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication |
3791 | * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT |
3792 | * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space |
3793 | * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. |
3794 | * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the |
3795 | * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space |
3796 | * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of |
3797 | * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver |
3798 | * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link |
3799 | * chosen for the authentication. |
3800 | */ |
3801 | struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { |
3802 | enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; |
3803 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
3804 | struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
3805 | unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; |
3806 | u16 status; |
3807 | const u8 *pmkid; |
3808 | u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
3809 | }; |
3810 | |
3811 | /** |
3812 | * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics |
3813 | * |
3814 | * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to |
3815 | * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
3816 | * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully |
3817 | * answered |
3818 | * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were |
3819 | * successfully answered |
3820 | * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions |
3821 | * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions |
3822 | * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions |
3823 | * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication |
3824 | * of how much time the responder was busy |
3825 | * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from |
3826 | * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with |
3827 | * the responder |
3828 | * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks |
3829 | * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot |
3830 | * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window |
3831 | */ |
3832 | struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { |
3833 | u32 filled; |
3834 | u32 success_num; |
3835 | u32 partial_num; |
3836 | u32 failed_num; |
3837 | u32 asap_num; |
3838 | u32 non_asap_num; |
3839 | u64 total_duration_ms; |
3840 | u32 unknown_triggers_num; |
3841 | u32 reschedule_requests_num; |
3842 | u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; |
3843 | }; |
3844 | |
3845 | /** |
3846 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result |
3847 | * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is |
3848 | * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise |
3849 | * reason than just "failure" |
3850 | * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index |
3851 | * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported |
3852 | * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted |
3853 | * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked |
3854 | * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, |
3855 | * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible |
3856 | * by the responder |
3857 | * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated |
3858 | * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated |
3859 | * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated |
3860 | * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) |
3861 | * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) |
3862 | * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) |
3863 | * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) |
3864 | * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
3865 | * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
3866 | * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response |
3867 | * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame |
3868 | * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) |
3869 | * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is |
3870 | * the square root of the variance) |
3871 | * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured |
3872 | * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured |
3873 | * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) |
3874 | * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) |
3875 | * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) |
3876 | * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid |
3877 | * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid |
3878 | * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid |
3879 | * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid |
3880 | * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid |
3881 | * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid |
3882 | * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid |
3883 | * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid |
3884 | * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid |
3885 | * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid |
3886 | * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid |
3887 | * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid |
3888 | */ |
3889 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { |
3890 | const u8 *lci; |
3891 | const u8 *civicloc; |
3892 | unsigned int lci_len; |
3893 | unsigned int civicloc_len; |
3894 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; |
3895 | u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; |
3896 | s16 burst_index; |
3897 | u8 busy_retry_time; |
3898 | u8 num_bursts_exp; |
3899 | u8 burst_duration; |
3900 | u8 ftms_per_burst; |
3901 | s32 ; |
3902 | s32 ; |
3903 | struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; |
3904 | s64 rtt_avg; |
3905 | s64 rtt_variance; |
3906 | s64 rtt_spread; |
3907 | s64 dist_avg; |
3908 | s64 dist_variance; |
3909 | s64 dist_spread; |
3910 | |
3911 | u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, |
3912 | num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, |
3913 | :1, |
3914 | :1, |
3915 | tx_rate_valid:1, |
3916 | rx_rate_valid:1, |
3917 | rtt_avg_valid:1, |
3918 | rtt_variance_valid:1, |
3919 | rtt_spread_valid:1, |
3920 | dist_avg_valid:1, |
3921 | dist_variance_valid:1, |
3922 | dist_spread_valid:1; |
3923 | }; |
3924 | |
3925 | /** |
3926 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result |
3927 | * @addr: address of the peer |
3928 | * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the |
3929 | * measurement was made) |
3930 | * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time |
3931 | * @status: status of the measurement |
3932 | * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not |
3933 | * reporting partial results always set this flag |
3934 | * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid |
3935 | * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting |
3936 | * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and |
3937 | * they're all aggregated for userspace. |
3938 | * @ftm: FTM result |
3939 | */ |
3940 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { |
3941 | u64 host_time, ap_tsf; |
3942 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; |
3943 | |
3944 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
3945 | |
3946 | u8 final:1, |
3947 | ap_tsf_valid:1; |
3948 | |
3949 | enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; |
3950 | |
3951 | union { |
3952 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; |
3953 | }; |
3954 | }; |
3955 | |
3956 | /** |
3957 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data |
3958 | * @requested: indicates FTM is requested |
3959 | * @preamble: frame preamble to use |
3960 | * @burst_period: burst period to use |
3961 | * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode |
3962 | * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent |
3963 | * @burst_duration: burst duration |
3964 | * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst |
3965 | * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request |
3966 | * @request_lci: request LCI information |
3967 | * @request_civicloc: request civic location information |
3968 | * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement |
3969 | * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
3970 | * EDCA based ranging will be used. |
3971 | * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement |
3972 | * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
3973 | * EDCA based ranging will be used. |
3974 | * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either |
3975 | * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. |
3976 | * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to |
3977 | * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if |
3978 | * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. |
3979 | * |
3980 | * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. |
3981 | */ |
3982 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { |
3983 | enum nl80211_preamble preamble; |
3984 | u16 burst_period; |
3985 | u8 requested:1, |
3986 | asap:1, |
3987 | request_lci:1, |
3988 | request_civicloc:1, |
3989 | trigger_based:1, |
3990 | non_trigger_based:1, |
3991 | lmr_feedback:1; |
3992 | u8 num_bursts_exp; |
3993 | u8 burst_duration; |
3994 | u8 ftms_per_burst; |
3995 | u8 ftmr_retries; |
3996 | u8 bss_color; |
3997 | }; |
3998 | |
3999 | /** |
4000 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request |
4001 | * @addr: MAC address |
4002 | * @chandef: channel to use |
4003 | * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF |
4004 | * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer |
4005 | */ |
4006 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { |
4007 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
4008 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
4009 | u8 report_ap_tsf:1; |
4010 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; |
4011 | }; |
4012 | |
4013 | /** |
4014 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request |
4015 | * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 |
4016 | * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 |
4017 | * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, |
4018 | * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 |
4019 | * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request |
4020 | * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that |
4021 | * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
4022 | * be taken from the @mac_addr |
4023 | * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request |
4024 | * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if |
4025 | * zero it means there's no timeout |
4026 | * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with |
4027 | * @peers: per-peer measurement request data |
4028 | */ |
4029 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { |
4030 | u64 cookie; |
4031 | void *drv_data; |
4032 | u32 n_peers; |
4033 | u32 nl_portid; |
4034 | |
4035 | u32 timeout; |
4036 | |
4037 | u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
4038 | u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
4039 | |
4040 | struct list_head list; |
4041 | |
4042 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); |
4043 | }; |
4044 | |
4045 | /** |
4046 | * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information |
4047 | * |
4048 | * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE |
4049 | * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. |
4050 | * |
4051 | * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. |
4052 | * |
4053 | * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing |
4054 | * has to be done. |
4055 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info |
4056 | * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space |
4057 | * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for |
4058 | * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). |
4059 | * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are |
4060 | * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and |
4061 | * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. |
4062 | * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. |
4063 | * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested |
4064 | * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station |
4065 | * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it |
4066 | * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). |
4067 | * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO |
4068 | * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when |
4069 | * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only |
4070 | * with OWE update event (driver to user space). |
4071 | */ |
4072 | struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { |
4073 | u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
4074 | u16 status; |
4075 | const u8 *ie; |
4076 | size_t ie_len; |
4077 | int assoc_link_id; |
4078 | u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
4079 | }; |
4080 | |
4081 | /** |
4082 | * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data |
4083 | * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
4084 | * for the entire device |
4085 | * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
4086 | * for the given interface |
4087 | * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes |
4088 | * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface |
4089 | * for these subtypes |
4090 | */ |
4091 | struct mgmt_frame_regs { |
4092 | u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; |
4093 | u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; |
4094 | }; |
4095 | |
4096 | /** |
4097 | * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration |
4098 | * |
4099 | * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks |
4100 | * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. |
4101 | * |
4102 | * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 |
4103 | * on success or a negative error code. |
4104 | * |
4105 | * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be |
4106 | * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied |
4107 | * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, |
4108 | * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. |
4109 | * |
4110 | * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will |
4111 | * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are |
4112 | * configured for the device. |
4113 | * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed |
4114 | * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback |
4115 | * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from |
4116 | * the device. |
4117 | * |
4118 | * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, |
4119 | * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create |
4120 | * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct |
4121 | * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must |
4122 | * also set the address member in the wdev. |
4123 | * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
4124 | * |
4125 | * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface |
4126 | * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
4127 | * |
4128 | * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, |
4129 | * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. |
4130 | * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
4131 | * |
4132 | * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that |
4133 | * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link |
4134 | * address is available. |
4135 | * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. |
4136 | * |
4137 | * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL |
4138 | * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. |
4139 | * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for |
4140 | * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. |
4141 | * |
4142 | * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. |
4143 | * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group |
4144 | * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid |
4145 | * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is |
4146 | * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. |
4147 | * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, |
4148 | * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr |
4149 | * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. |
4150 | * |
4151 | * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) |
4152 | * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will |
4153 | * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 |
4154 | * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD |
4155 | * address for MLO pairwise key. |
4156 | * |
4157 | * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 |
4158 | * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. |
4159 | * |
4160 | * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. |
4161 | * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. |
4162 | * |
4163 | * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. |
4164 | * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. |
4165 | * |
4166 | * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver |
4167 | * |
4168 | * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. |
4169 | * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode |
4170 | * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. |
4171 | * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. |
4172 | * |
4173 | * @add_station: Add a new station. |
4174 | * @del_station: Remove a station |
4175 | * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much |
4176 | * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags |
4177 | * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check |
4178 | * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call |
4179 | * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. |
4180 | * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac |
4181 | * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
4182 | * |
4183 | * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path |
4184 | * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path |
4185 | * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path |
4186 | * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters |
4187 | * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
4188 | * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters |
4189 | * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
4190 | * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters |
4191 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4192 | * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network |
4193 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4194 | * |
4195 | * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration |
4196 | * |
4197 | * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. |
4198 | * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to |
4199 | * set, and which to leave alone. |
4200 | * |
4201 | * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. |
4202 | * |
4203 | * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data |
4204 | * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called |
4205 | * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. |
4206 | * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside |
4207 | * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. |
4208 | * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. |
4209 | * |
4210 | * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters |
4211 | * |
4212 | * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, |
4213 | * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to |
4214 | * join the mesh instead. |
4215 | * |
4216 | * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other |
4217 | * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. |
4218 | * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should |
4219 | * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. |
4220 | * |
4221 | * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given |
4222 | * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). |
4223 | * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside |
4224 | * the scan/scan_done bracket too. |
4225 | * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall |
4226 | * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). |
4227 | * |
4228 | * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer |
4229 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4230 | * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer |
4231 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4232 | * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer |
4233 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4234 | * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer |
4235 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4236 | * |
4237 | * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, |
4238 | * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code |
4239 | * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call |
4240 | * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code |
4241 | * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code |
4242 | * was received. |
4243 | * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the |
4244 | * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated |
4245 | * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches |
4246 | * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request |
4247 | * frame instead of Association Request frame. |
4248 | * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a |
4249 | * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid |
4250 | * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an |
4251 | * indication of requesting reassociation. |
4252 | * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming |
4253 | * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to |
4254 | * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4255 | * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a |
4256 | * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for |
4257 | * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the |
4258 | * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not |
4259 | * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current |
4260 | * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in |
4261 | * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. |
4262 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4263 | * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if |
4264 | * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in |
4265 | * case connection was already established (invoked with the |
4266 | * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). |
4267 | * |
4268 | * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call |
4269 | * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due |
4270 | * to a merge. |
4271 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4272 | * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. |
4273 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4274 | * |
4275 | * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or |
4276 | * MESH mode) |
4277 | * |
4278 | * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; |
4279 | * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values |
4280 | * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in |
4281 | * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. |
4282 | * |
4283 | * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, |
4284 | * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The |
4285 | * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will |
4286 | * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power |
4287 | * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) |
4288 | * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; |
4289 | * return 0 if successful |
4290 | * |
4291 | * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting |
4292 | * functions to adjust rfkill hw state |
4293 | * |
4294 | * @dump_survey: get site survey information. |
4295 | * |
4296 | * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified |
4297 | * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel |
4298 | * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is |
4299 | * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event |
4300 | * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). |
4301 | * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. |
4302 | * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on |
4303 | * the duration value. |
4304 | * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. |
4305 | * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management |
4306 | * frame on another channel |
4307 | * |
4308 | * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL |
4309 | * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be |
4310 | * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, |
4311 | * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the |
4312 | * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data |
4313 | * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present |
4314 | * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. |
4315 | * |
4316 | * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration |
4317 | * |
4318 | * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac |
4319 | * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association |
4320 | * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. |
4321 | * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. |
4322 | * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. |
4323 | * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 |
4324 | * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. |
4325 | * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. |
4326 | * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating |
4327 | * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may |
4328 | * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being |
4329 | * disabled.) |
4330 | * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the |
4331 | * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the |
4332 | * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should |
4333 | * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. |
4334 | * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. |
4335 | * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error |
4336 | * thresholds. |
4337 | * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. |
4338 | * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with |
4339 | * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready |
4340 | * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be |
4341 | * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. |
4342 | * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested |
4343 | * stop (when this method returns 0). |
4344 | * |
4345 | * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame |
4346 | * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. |
4347 | * |
4348 | * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
4349 | * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may |
4350 | * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL |
4351 | * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). |
4352 | * |
4353 | * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). |
4354 | * |
4355 | * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. |
4356 | * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). |
4357 | * |
4358 | * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it |
4359 | * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). |
4360 | * |
4361 | * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. |
4362 | * |
4363 | * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. |
4364 | * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single |
4365 | * current monitoring channel. |
4366 | * |
4367 | * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. |
4368 | * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. |
4369 | * |
4370 | * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. |
4371 | * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations |
4372 | * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver |
4373 | * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL |
4374 | * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which |
4375 | * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. |
4376 | * |
4377 | * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. |
4378 | * |
4379 | * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC |
4380 | * was finished on another phy. |
4381 | * |
4382 | * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the |
4383 | * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be |
4384 | * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. |
4385 | * |
4386 | * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability |
4387 | * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the |
4388 | * driver can take the most appropriate actions. |
4389 | * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link |
4390 | * reliability. This operation can not fail. |
4391 | * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. |
4392 | * |
4393 | * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is |
4394 | * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is |
4395 | * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later |
4396 | * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept |
4397 | * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them |
4398 | * as soon as possible. |
4399 | * |
4400 | * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver |
4401 | * |
4402 | * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the |
4403 | * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width |
4404 | * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. |
4405 | * |
4406 | * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device |
4407 | * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by |
4408 | * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into |
4409 | * account. |
4410 | * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure |
4411 | * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return |
4412 | * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake |
4413 | * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later |
4414 | * rejected) |
4415 | * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS |
4416 | * |
4417 | * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters |
4418 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4419 | * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network |
4420 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4421 | * |
4422 | * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver |
4423 | * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations |
4424 | * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. |
4425 | * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both |
4426 | * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. |
4427 | * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. |
4428 | * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. |
4429 | * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. |
4430 | * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and |
4431 | * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver |
4432 | * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling |
4433 | * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). |
4434 | * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the |
4435 | * provided @nan_func. |
4436 | * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. |
4437 | * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must |
4438 | * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); |
4439 | * All other parameters must be ignored. |
4440 | * |
4441 | * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS |
4442 | * |
4443 | * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this |
4444 | * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. |
4445 | * |
4446 | * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. |
4447 | * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect |
4448 | * upon which the driver should clear it. |
4449 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4450 | * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. |
4451 | * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
4452 | * |
4453 | * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from |
4454 | * user space |
4455 | * |
4456 | * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter |
4457 | * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. |
4458 | * |
4459 | * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
4460 | * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. |
4461 | * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) |
4462 | * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement |
4463 | * |
4464 | * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME |
4465 | * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated |
4466 | * DH IE through this interface. |
4467 | * |
4468 | * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame |
4469 | * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. |
4470 | * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific |
4471 | * This callback may sleep. |
4472 | * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the |
4473 | * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. |
4474 | * |
4475 | * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. |
4476 | * |
4477 | * @color_change: Initiate a color change. |
4478 | * |
4479 | * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use |
4480 | * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association |
4481 | * Response frame. |
4482 | * |
4483 | * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for |
4484 | * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit |
4485 | * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. |
4486 | * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime |
4487 | * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected |
4488 | * radar channel. |
4489 | * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to |
4490 | * disable background CAC/radar detection. |
4491 | * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. |
4492 | * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. |
4493 | * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. |
4494 | * |
4495 | * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. |
4496 | */ |
4497 | struct cfg80211_ops { |
4498 | int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); |
4499 | int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
4500 | void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); |
4501 | |
4502 | struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4503 | const char *name, |
4504 | unsigned char name_assign_type, |
4505 | enum nl80211_iftype type, |
4506 | struct vif_params *params); |
4507 | int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4508 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4509 | int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4510 | struct net_device *dev, |
4511 | enum nl80211_iftype type, |
4512 | struct vif_params *params); |
4513 | |
4514 | int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4515 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4516 | unsigned int link_id); |
4517 | void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4518 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4519 | unsigned int link_id); |
4520 | |
4521 | int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4522 | int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, |
4523 | const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); |
4524 | int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4525 | int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, |
4526 | const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, |
4527 | void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); |
4528 | int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4529 | int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, |
4530 | const u8 *mac_addr); |
4531 | int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4532 | struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, |
4533 | u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); |
4534 | int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4535 | struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, |
4536 | u8 key_index); |
4537 | int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4538 | struct net_device *netdev, |
4539 | int link_id, |
4540 | u8 key_index); |
4541 | |
4542 | int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4543 | struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); |
4544 | int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4545 | struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); |
4546 | int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4547 | unsigned int link_id); |
4548 | |
4549 | |
4550 | int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4551 | const u8 *mac, |
4552 | struct station_parameters *params); |
4553 | int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4554 | struct station_del_parameters *params); |
4555 | int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4556 | const u8 *mac, |
4557 | struct station_parameters *params); |
4558 | int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4559 | const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
4560 | int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4561 | int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
4562 | |
4563 | int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4564 | const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
4565 | int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4566 | const u8 *dst); |
4567 | int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4568 | const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
4569 | int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4570 | u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
4571 | int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4572 | int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, |
4573 | struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
4574 | int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4575 | u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
4576 | int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4577 | int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, |
4578 | struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
4579 | int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4580 | struct net_device *dev, |
4581 | struct mesh_config *conf); |
4582 | int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4583 | struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, |
4584 | const struct mesh_config *nconf); |
4585 | int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4586 | const struct mesh_config *conf, |
4587 | const struct mesh_setup *setup); |
4588 | int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
4589 | |
4590 | int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4591 | struct ocb_setup *setup); |
4592 | int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
4593 | |
4594 | int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4595 | struct bss_parameters *params); |
4596 | |
4597 | void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
4598 | const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); |
4599 | |
4600 | int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4601 | struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); |
4602 | |
4603 | int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4604 | struct net_device *dev, |
4605 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
4606 | |
4607 | int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4608 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
4609 | |
4610 | int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4611 | struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); |
4612 | void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4613 | |
4614 | int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4615 | struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); |
4616 | int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4617 | struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); |
4618 | int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4619 | struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); |
4620 | int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4621 | struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); |
4622 | |
4623 | int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4624 | struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); |
4625 | int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4626 | struct net_device *dev, |
4627 | struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, |
4628 | u32 changed); |
4629 | int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4630 | u16 reason_code); |
4631 | |
4632 | int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4633 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); |
4634 | int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
4635 | |
4636 | int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4637 | int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); |
4638 | |
4639 | int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); |
4640 | |
4641 | int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4642 | enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); |
4643 | int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4644 | int *dbm); |
4645 | |
4646 | void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
4647 | |
4648 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
4649 | int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4650 | void *data, int len); |
4651 | int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, |
4652 | struct netlink_callback *cb, |
4653 | void *data, int len); |
4654 | #endif |
4655 | |
4656 | int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4657 | struct net_device *dev, |
4658 | unsigned int link_id, |
4659 | const u8 *peer, |
4660 | const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); |
4661 | |
4662 | int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4663 | int idx, struct survey_info *info); |
4664 | |
4665 | int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4666 | struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
4667 | int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
4668 | struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
4669 | int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); |
4670 | |
4671 | int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4672 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4673 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
4674 | unsigned int duration, |
4675 | u64 *cookie); |
4676 | int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4677 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4678 | u64 cookie); |
4679 | |
4680 | int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4681 | struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, |
4682 | u64 *cookie); |
4683 | int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4684 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4685 | u64 cookie); |
4686 | |
4687 | int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4688 | bool enabled, int timeout); |
4689 | |
4690 | int (*)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4691 | struct net_device *dev, |
4692 | s32 , u32 ); |
4693 | |
4694 | int (*)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4695 | struct net_device *dev, |
4696 | s32 , s32 ); |
4697 | |
4698 | int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4699 | struct net_device *dev, |
4700 | u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); |
4701 | |
4702 | void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4703 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4704 | struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); |
4705 | |
4706 | int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
4707 | int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); |
4708 | |
4709 | int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4710 | struct net_device *dev, |
4711 | struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); |
4712 | int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4713 | u64 reqid); |
4714 | |
4715 | int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4716 | struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); |
4717 | |
4718 | int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4719 | const u8 *peer, int link_id, |
4720 | u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, |
4721 | u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, |
4722 | const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
4723 | int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4724 | const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); |
4725 | |
4726 | int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4727 | const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); |
4728 | |
4729 | int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4730 | struct net_device *dev, |
4731 | u16 noack_map); |
4732 | |
4733 | int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4734 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4735 | unsigned int link_id, |
4736 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
4737 | |
4738 | int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4739 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4740 | void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4741 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4742 | |
4743 | int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4744 | const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); |
4745 | |
4746 | int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4747 | struct net_device *dev, |
4748 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
4749 | u32 cac_time_ms); |
4750 | void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4751 | struct net_device *dev); |
4752 | int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4753 | struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); |
4754 | int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4755 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4756 | enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, |
4757 | u16 duration); |
4758 | void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4759 | struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4760 | int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4761 | struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); |
4762 | |
4763 | int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4764 | struct net_device *dev, |
4765 | struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); |
4766 | |
4767 | int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4768 | struct net_device *dev, |
4769 | struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
4770 | |
4771 | int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4772 | unsigned int link_id, |
4773 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
4774 | |
4775 | int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4776 | u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, |
4777 | u16 admitted_time); |
4778 | int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4779 | u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); |
4780 | |
4781 | int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4782 | struct net_device *dev, |
4783 | const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, |
4784 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
4785 | void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4786 | struct net_device *dev, |
4787 | const u8 *addr); |
4788 | int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4789 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); |
4790 | void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
4791 | int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4792 | struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); |
4793 | void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4794 | u64 cookie); |
4795 | int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4796 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4797 | struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, |
4798 | u32 changes); |
4799 | |
4800 | int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4801 | struct net_device *dev, |
4802 | const bool enabled); |
4803 | |
4804 | int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4805 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4806 | struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); |
4807 | |
4808 | int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4809 | const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); |
4810 | int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4811 | const u8 *aa); |
4812 | int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4813 | struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); |
4814 | |
4815 | int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4816 | struct net_device *dev, |
4817 | const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
4818 | const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, |
4819 | const bool noencrypt, int link_id, |
4820 | u64 *cookie); |
4821 | |
4822 | int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4823 | struct net_device *dev, |
4824 | struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); |
4825 | |
4826 | int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4827 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
4828 | void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
4829 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
4830 | int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4831 | struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); |
4832 | int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4833 | const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
4834 | int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4835 | struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); |
4836 | int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4837 | const u8 *peer, u8 tids); |
4838 | int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4839 | struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); |
4840 | int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4841 | struct net_device *dev, |
4842 | struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); |
4843 | int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4844 | struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); |
4845 | int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
4846 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
4847 | int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4848 | struct link_station_parameters *params); |
4849 | int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4850 | struct link_station_parameters *params); |
4851 | int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4852 | struct link_station_del_parameters *params); |
4853 | int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
4854 | struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); |
4855 | }; |
4856 | |
4857 | /* |
4858 | * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures |
4859 | * and registration/helper functions |
4860 | */ |
4861 | |
4862 | /** |
4863 | * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags |
4864 | * |
4865 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split |
4866 | * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. |
4867 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this |
4868 | * wiphy at all |
4869 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled |
4870 | * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default |
4871 | * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good |
4872 | * reason to override the default |
4873 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station |
4874 | * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of |
4875 | * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. |
4876 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station |
4877 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the |
4878 | * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the |
4879 | * control_port_no_encrypt flag. |
4880 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. |
4881 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing |
4882 | * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. |
4883 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the |
4884 | * firmware. |
4885 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. |
4886 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. |
4887 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) |
4888 | * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and |
4889 | * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT |
4890 | * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
4891 | * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. |
4892 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME |
4893 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes |
4894 | * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling |
4895 | * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). |
4896 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device |
4897 | * responds to probe-requests in hardware. |
4898 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. |
4899 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. |
4900 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. |
4901 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in |
4902 | * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). |
4903 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys |
4904 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, |
4905 | * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have |
4906 | * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver |
4907 | * should set this flag for now. |
4908 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. |
4909 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for |
4910 | * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. |
4911 | * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver |
4912 | * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. |
4913 | */ |
4914 | enum wiphy_flags { |
4915 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), |
4916 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), |
4917 | WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), |
4918 | WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), |
4919 | WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), |
4920 | WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), |
4921 | WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), |
4922 | WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), |
4923 | WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), |
4924 | WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), |
4925 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), |
4926 | /* use hole at 12 */ |
4927 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), |
4928 | WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), |
4929 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), |
4930 | WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), |
4931 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), |
4932 | WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), |
4933 | WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), |
4934 | WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), |
4935 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), |
4936 | WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), |
4937 | WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), |
4938 | WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), |
4939 | WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), |
4940 | }; |
4941 | |
4942 | /** |
4943 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types |
4944 | * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types |
4945 | * @types: interface types (bits) |
4946 | */ |
4947 | struct ieee80211_iface_limit { |
4948 | u16 max; |
4949 | u16 types; |
4950 | }; |
4951 | |
4952 | /** |
4953 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination |
4954 | * |
4955 | * With this structure the driver can describe which interface |
4956 | * combinations it supports concurrently. |
4957 | * |
4958 | * Examples: |
4959 | * |
4960 | * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: |
4961 | * |
4962 | * .. code-block:: c |
4963 | * |
4964 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { |
4965 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
4966 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, |
4967 | * }; |
4968 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { |
4969 | * .limits = limits1, |
4970 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), |
4971 | * .max_interfaces = 2, |
4972 | * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, |
4973 | * }; |
4974 | * |
4975 | * |
4976 | * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: |
4977 | * |
4978 | * .. code-block:: c |
4979 | * |
4980 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { |
4981 | * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | |
4982 | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, |
4983 | * }; |
4984 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { |
4985 | * .limits = limits2, |
4986 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), |
4987 | * .max_interfaces = 8, |
4988 | * .num_different_channels = 1, |
4989 | * }; |
4990 | * |
4991 | * |
4992 | * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. |
4993 | * |
4994 | * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. |
4995 | * |
4996 | * .. code-block:: c |
4997 | * |
4998 | * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { |
4999 | * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
5000 | * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | |
5001 | * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, |
5002 | * }; |
5003 | * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { |
5004 | * .limits = limits3, |
5005 | * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), |
5006 | * .max_interfaces = 4, |
5007 | * .num_different_channels = 2, |
5008 | * }; |
5009 | * |
5010 | */ |
5011 | struct ieee80211_iface_combination { |
5012 | /** |
5013 | * @limits: |
5014 | * limits for the given interface types |
5015 | */ |
5016 | const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; |
5017 | |
5018 | /** |
5019 | * @num_different_channels: |
5020 | * can use up to this many different channels |
5021 | */ |
5022 | u32 num_different_channels; |
5023 | |
5024 | /** |
5025 | * @max_interfaces: |
5026 | * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group |
5027 | */ |
5028 | u16 max_interfaces; |
5029 | |
5030 | /** |
5031 | * @n_limits: |
5032 | * number of limitations |
5033 | */ |
5034 | u8 n_limits; |
5035 | |
5036 | /** |
5037 | * @beacon_int_infra_match: |
5038 | * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure |
5039 | * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. |
5040 | */ |
5041 | bool beacon_int_infra_match; |
5042 | |
5043 | /** |
5044 | * @radar_detect_widths: |
5045 | * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection |
5046 | */ |
5047 | u8 radar_detect_widths; |
5048 | |
5049 | /** |
5050 | * @radar_detect_regions: |
5051 | * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection |
5052 | */ |
5053 | u8 radar_detect_regions; |
5054 | |
5055 | /** |
5056 | * @beacon_int_min_gcd: |
5057 | * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. |
5058 | * |
5059 | * = 0 |
5060 | * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. |
5061 | * > 0 |
5062 | * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND |
5063 | * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this |
5064 | * combination must be greater or equal to this value. |
5065 | */ |
5066 | u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; |
5067 | }; |
5068 | |
5069 | struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { |
5070 | u16 tx, rx; |
5071 | }; |
5072 | |
5073 | /** |
5074 | * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags |
5075 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" |
5076 | * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and |
5077 | * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a |
5078 | * received packet that passed filtering; note that the |
5079 | * packet should be preserved in that case |
5080 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet |
5081 | * (see nl80211.h) |
5082 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect |
5083 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep |
5084 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure |
5085 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request |
5086 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure |
5087 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release |
5088 | * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection |
5089 | */ |
5090 | enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { |
5091 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), |
5092 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), |
5093 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), |
5094 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), |
5095 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), |
5096 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), |
5097 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), |
5098 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), |
5099 | WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), |
5100 | }; |
5101 | |
5102 | struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { |
5103 | const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; |
5104 | u32 data_payload_max; |
5105 | u32 data_interval_max; |
5106 | u32 wake_payload_max; |
5107 | bool seq; |
5108 | }; |
5109 | |
5110 | /** |
5111 | * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data |
5112 | * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags |
5113 | * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns |
5114 | * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
5115 | * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
5116 | * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
5117 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
5118 | * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, |
5119 | * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for |
5120 | * scheduled scans. |
5121 | * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more |
5122 | * details. |
5123 | * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information |
5124 | */ |
5125 | struct wiphy_wowlan_support { |
5126 | u32 flags; |
5127 | int n_patterns; |
5128 | int pattern_max_len; |
5129 | int pattern_min_len; |
5130 | int max_pkt_offset; |
5131 | int max_nd_match_sets; |
5132 | const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; |
5133 | }; |
5134 | |
5135 | /** |
5136 | * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data |
5137 | * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules |
5138 | * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
5139 | * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule |
5140 | * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
5141 | * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
5142 | * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
5143 | * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
5144 | */ |
5145 | struct wiphy_coalesce_support { |
5146 | int n_rules; |
5147 | int max_delay; |
5148 | int n_patterns; |
5149 | int pattern_max_len; |
5150 | int pattern_min_len; |
5151 | int max_pkt_offset; |
5152 | }; |
5153 | |
5154 | /** |
5155 | * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands |
5156 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev |
5157 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev |
5158 | * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running |
5159 | * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) |
5160 | */ |
5161 | enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { |
5162 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), |
5163 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), |
5164 | WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), |
5165 | }; |
5166 | |
5167 | /** |
5168 | * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags |
5169 | * |
5170 | * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed |
5171 | * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed |
5172 | * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed |
5173 | * |
5174 | */ |
5175 | enum wiphy_opmode_flag { |
5176 | STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), |
5177 | STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), |
5178 | STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
5179 | }; |
5180 | |
5181 | /** |
5182 | * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information |
5183 | * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag |
5184 | * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station |
5185 | * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station |
5186 | * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station |
5187 | */ |
5188 | |
5189 | struct sta_opmode_info { |
5190 | u32 changed; |
5191 | enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
5192 | enum nl80211_chan_width bw; |
5193 | u8 rx_nss; |
5194 | }; |
5195 | |
5196 | #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) |
5197 | |
5198 | /** |
5199 | * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition |
5200 | * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 |
5201 | * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags |
5202 | * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the |
5203 | * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data |
5204 | * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all |
5205 | * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The |
5206 | * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple |
5207 | * dumpit calls. |
5208 | * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
5209 | * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the |
5210 | * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). |
5211 | * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy |
5212 | * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and |
5213 | * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others |
5214 | * are used with dump requests. |
5215 | */ |
5216 | struct wiphy_vendor_command { |
5217 | struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; |
5218 | u32 flags; |
5219 | int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
5220 | const void *data, int data_len); |
5221 | int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
5222 | struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, |
5223 | unsigned long *storage); |
5224 | const struct nla_policy *policy; |
5225 | unsigned int maxattr; |
5226 | }; |
5227 | |
5228 | /** |
5229 | * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type |
5230 | * @iftype: interface type |
5231 | * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
5232 | * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the |
5233 | * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are |
5234 | * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std |
5235 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. |
5236 | * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
5237 | * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
5238 | * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) |
5239 | * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) |
5240 | */ |
5241 | struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { |
5242 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
5243 | const u8 *extended_capabilities; |
5244 | const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; |
5245 | u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
5246 | u16 eml_capabilities; |
5247 | u16 mld_capa_and_ops; |
5248 | }; |
5249 | |
5250 | /** |
5251 | * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability |
5252 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from |
5253 | * @type: the interface type to look up |
5254 | */ |
5255 | const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * |
5256 | cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); |
5257 | |
5258 | /** |
5259 | * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities |
5260 | * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement |
5261 | * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement |
5262 | * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement |
5263 | * @ftm: FTM measurement data |
5264 | * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported |
5265 | * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported |
5266 | * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported |
5267 | * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data |
5268 | * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data |
5269 | * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) |
5270 | * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) |
5271 | * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported |
5272 | * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily |
5273 | * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) |
5274 | * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if |
5275 | * not limited) |
5276 | * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
5277 | * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
5278 | */ |
5279 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { |
5280 | unsigned int max_peers; |
5281 | u8 report_ap_tsf:1, |
5282 | randomize_mac_addr:1; |
5283 | |
5284 | struct { |
5285 | u32 preambles; |
5286 | u32 bandwidths; |
5287 | s8 max_bursts_exponent; |
5288 | u8 max_ftms_per_burst; |
5289 | u8 supported:1, |
5290 | asap:1, |
5291 | non_asap:1, |
5292 | request_lci:1, |
5293 | request_civicloc:1, |
5294 | trigger_based:1, |
5295 | non_trigger_based:1; |
5296 | } ftm; |
5297 | }; |
5298 | |
5299 | /** |
5300 | * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm |
5301 | * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the |
5302 | * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. |
5303 | * |
5304 | * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types |
5305 | * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites |
5306 | * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
5307 | */ |
5308 | struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { |
5309 | u16 iftypes_mask; |
5310 | const u32 *akm_suites; |
5311 | int n_akm_suites; |
5312 | }; |
5313 | |
5314 | #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff |
5315 | |
5316 | /** |
5317 | * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description |
5318 | * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device |
5319 | * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, |
5320 | * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() |
5321 | * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL |
5322 | * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via |
5323 | * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver |
5324 | * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future |
5325 | * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. |
5326 | * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. |
5327 | * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites |
5328 | * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites |
5329 | * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if |
5330 | * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in |
5331 | * iftype_akm_suites. |
5332 | * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
5333 | * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. |
5334 | * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot |
5335 | * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all |
5336 | * instances of iftype_akm_suites). |
5337 | * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm |
5338 | * suites are specified separately. |
5339 | * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) |
5340 | * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) |
5341 | * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); |
5342 | * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used |
5343 | * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled |
5344 | * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in |
5345 | * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device |
5346 | * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, |
5347 | * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last |
5348 | * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual |
5349 | * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with |
5350 | * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. |
5351 | * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. |
5352 | * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer |
5353 | * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used |
5354 | * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to |
5355 | * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle |
5356 | * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. |
5357 | * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against |
5358 | * unregister hardware |
5359 | * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). |
5360 | * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames |
5361 | * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in |
5362 | * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() |
5363 | * (see below). |
5364 | * @wext: wireless extension handlers |
5365 | * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) |
5366 | * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, |
5367 | * must be set by driver |
5368 | * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not |
5369 | * list single interface types. |
5370 | * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. |
5371 | * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not |
5372 | * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. |
5373 | * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags |
5374 | * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see |
5375 | * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags |
5376 | * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. |
5377 | * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see |
5378 | * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. |
5379 | * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, |
5380 | * this variable determines its size |
5381 | * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in |
5382 | * any given scan |
5383 | * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that |
5384 | * the device can run concurrently. |
5385 | * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan |
5386 | * for in any given scheduled scan |
5387 | * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle |
5388 | * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not |
5389 | * supported. |
5390 | * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can |
5391 | * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not |
5392 | * include fixed IEs like supported rates |
5393 | * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled |
5394 | * scans |
5395 | * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number |
5396 | * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. |
5397 | * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a |
5398 | * single scan plan supported by the device. |
5399 | * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single |
5400 | * scan plan supported by the device. |
5401 | * @coverage_class: current coverage class |
5402 | * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting |
5403 | * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting |
5404 | * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device |
5405 | * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary |
5406 | * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers |
5407 | * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device |
5408 | * |
5409 | * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or |
5410 | * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface |
5411 | * type |
5412 | * |
5413 | * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
5414 | * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
5415 | * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. |
5416 | * |
5417 | * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
5418 | * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
5419 | * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. |
5420 | * |
5421 | * @probe_resp_offload: |
5422 | * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. |
5423 | * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid |
5424 | * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. |
5425 | * |
5426 | * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation |
5427 | * may request, if implemented. |
5428 | * |
5429 | * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information |
5430 | * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be |
5431 | * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed |
5432 | * to the suspend() operation instead. |
5433 | * |
5434 | * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
5435 | * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. |
5436 | * If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
5437 | * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. |
5438 | * If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
5439 | * |
5440 | * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must |
5441 | * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. |
5442 | * |
5443 | * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device |
5444 | * supports for ACL. |
5445 | * |
5446 | * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
5447 | * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are |
5448 | * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") |
5449 | * and are in the same format as in the information element. See |
5450 | * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default |
5451 | * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified |
5452 | * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. |
5453 | * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
5454 | * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
5455 | * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type |
5456 | * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended |
5457 | * capabilities are specified separately. |
5458 | * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information |
5459 | * |
5460 | * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware |
5461 | * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands |
5462 | * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware |
5463 | * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events |
5464 | * |
5465 | * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode |
5466 | * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The |
5467 | * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in |
5468 | * some cases, but may not always reach. |
5469 | * |
5470 | * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons |
5471 | * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver |
5472 | * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means |
5473 | * infinite. |
5474 | * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported |
5475 | * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the |
5476 | * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. |
5477 | * |
5478 | * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a |
5479 | * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for |
5480 | * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
5481 | * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
5482 | * |
5483 | * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit |
5484 | * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit |
5485 | * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum |
5486 | * |
5487 | * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using |
5488 | * wake_tx_queue |
5489 | * |
5490 | * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP |
5491 | * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not |
5492 | * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. |
5493 | * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. |
5494 | * |
5495 | * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities |
5496 | * |
5497 | * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the |
5498 | * device has |
5499 | * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
5500 | * supported by the driver for each vif |
5501 | * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
5502 | * supported by the driver for each peer |
5503 | * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for |
5504 | * long/short retry configuration |
5505 | * |
5506 | * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for |
5507 | * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and |
5508 | * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes |
5509 | * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities |
5510 | * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure |
5511 | * |
5512 | * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver |
5513 | * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value |
5514 | * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. |
5515 | * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by |
5516 | * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the |
5517 | * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). |
5518 | * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for |
5519 | * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and |
5520 | * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by |
5521 | * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is |
5522 | * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with |
5523 | * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is |
5524 | * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. |
5525 | * |
5526 | * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports |
5527 | * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a |
5528 | * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. |
5529 | * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver |
5530 | * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to |
5531 | * specify a mac address). |
5532 | */ |
5533 | struct wiphy { |
5534 | struct mutex mtx; |
5535 | |
5536 | /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ |
5537 | |
5538 | u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
5539 | u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; |
5540 | |
5541 | struct mac_address *addresses; |
5542 | |
5543 | const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; |
5544 | |
5545 | const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; |
5546 | int n_iface_combinations; |
5547 | u16 software_iftypes; |
5548 | |
5549 | u16 n_addresses; |
5550 | |
5551 | /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ |
5552 | u16 interface_modes; |
5553 | |
5554 | u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; |
5555 | |
5556 | u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; |
5557 | u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; |
5558 | |
5559 | u32 ap_sme_capa; |
5560 | |
5561 | enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; |
5562 | |
5563 | int bss_priv_size; |
5564 | u8 max_scan_ssids; |
5565 | u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; |
5566 | u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; |
5567 | u8 max_match_sets; |
5568 | u16 max_scan_ie_len; |
5569 | u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; |
5570 | u32 max_sched_scan_plans; |
5571 | u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; |
5572 | u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; |
5573 | |
5574 | int n_cipher_suites; |
5575 | const u32 *cipher_suites; |
5576 | |
5577 | int n_akm_suites; |
5578 | const u32 *akm_suites; |
5579 | |
5580 | const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; |
5581 | unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; |
5582 | |
5583 | u8 retry_short; |
5584 | u8 retry_long; |
5585 | u32 frag_threshold; |
5586 | u32 rts_threshold; |
5587 | u8 coverage_class; |
5588 | |
5589 | char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; |
5590 | u32 hw_version; |
5591 | |
5592 | #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
5593 | const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; |
5594 | struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; |
5595 | #endif |
5596 | |
5597 | u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; |
5598 | |
5599 | u8 max_num_pmkids; |
5600 | |
5601 | u32 available_antennas_tx; |
5602 | u32 available_antennas_rx; |
5603 | |
5604 | u32 probe_resp_offload; |
5605 | |
5606 | const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; |
5607 | u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
5608 | |
5609 | const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; |
5610 | unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; |
5611 | |
5612 | const void *privid; |
5613 | |
5614 | struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
5615 | |
5616 | void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
5617 | struct regulatory_request *request); |
5618 | |
5619 | /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ |
5620 | |
5621 | const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; |
5622 | |
5623 | struct device dev; |
5624 | |
5625 | bool registered; |
5626 | |
5627 | struct dentry *debugfsdir; |
5628 | |
5629 | const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; |
5630 | const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; |
5631 | |
5632 | struct list_head wdev_list; |
5633 | |
5634 | possible_net_t _net; |
5635 | |
5636 | #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
5637 | const struct iw_handler_def *wext; |
5638 | #endif |
5639 | |
5640 | const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; |
5641 | |
5642 | const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; |
5643 | const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; |
5644 | int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; |
5645 | |
5646 | u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; |
5647 | |
5648 | u8 max_num_csa_counters; |
5649 | |
5650 | u32 bss_select_support; |
5651 | |
5652 | u8 nan_supported_bands; |
5653 | |
5654 | u32 txq_limit; |
5655 | u32 txq_memory_limit; |
5656 | u32 txq_quantum; |
5657 | |
5658 | unsigned long tx_queue_len; |
5659 | |
5660 | u8 support_mbssid:1, |
5661 | support_only_he_mbssid:1; |
5662 | |
5663 | const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; |
5664 | |
5665 | struct { |
5666 | u64 peer, vif; |
5667 | u8 max_retry; |
5668 | } tid_config_support; |
5669 | |
5670 | u8 max_data_retry_count; |
5671 | |
5672 | const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; |
5673 | |
5674 | struct rfkill *rfkill; |
5675 | |
5676 | u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; |
5677 | u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; |
5678 | u16 max_num_akm_suites; |
5679 | |
5680 | u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; |
5681 | |
5682 | char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); |
5683 | }; |
5684 | |
5685 | static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5686 | { |
5687 | return read_pnet(pnet: &wiphy->_net); |
5688 | } |
5689 | |
5690 | static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) |
5691 | { |
5692 | write_pnet(pnet: &wiphy->_net, net); |
5693 | } |
5694 | |
5695 | /** |
5696 | * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy |
5697 | * |
5698 | * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return |
5699 | * Return: The priv of @wiphy. |
5700 | */ |
5701 | static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5702 | { |
5703 | BUG_ON(!wiphy); |
5704 | return &wiphy->priv; |
5705 | } |
5706 | |
5707 | /** |
5708 | * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv |
5709 | * |
5710 | * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv |
5711 | * Return: The wiphy of @priv. |
5712 | */ |
5713 | static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) |
5714 | { |
5715 | BUG_ON(!priv); |
5716 | return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); |
5717 | } |
5718 | |
5719 | /** |
5720 | * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy |
5721 | * |
5722 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind |
5723 | * @dev: The device to parent it to |
5724 | */ |
5725 | static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) |
5726 | { |
5727 | wiphy->dev.parent = dev; |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /** |
5731 | * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer |
5732 | * |
5733 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up |
5734 | * Return: The dev of @wiphy. |
5735 | */ |
5736 | static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5737 | { |
5738 | return wiphy->dev.parent; |
5739 | } |
5740 | |
5741 | /** |
5742 | * wiphy_name - get wiphy name |
5743 | * |
5744 | * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return |
5745 | * Return: The name of @wiphy. |
5746 | */ |
5747 | static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5748 | { |
5749 | return dev_name(dev: &wiphy->dev); |
5750 | } |
5751 | |
5752 | /** |
5753 | * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
5754 | * |
5755 | * @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
5756 | * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
5757 | * @requested_name: Request a particular name. |
5758 | * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. |
5759 | * |
5760 | * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
5761 | * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
5762 | * |
5763 | * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
5764 | * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
5765 | */ |
5766 | struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, |
5767 | const char *requested_name); |
5768 | |
5769 | /** |
5770 | * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
5771 | * |
5772 | * @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
5773 | * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
5774 | * |
5775 | * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
5776 | * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
5777 | * |
5778 | * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
5779 | * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
5780 | */ |
5781 | static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, |
5782 | int sizeof_priv) |
5783 | { |
5784 | return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); |
5785 | } |
5786 | |
5787 | /** |
5788 | * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 |
5789 | * |
5790 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. |
5791 | * |
5792 | * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. |
5793 | */ |
5794 | int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
5795 | |
5796 | /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ |
5797 | #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) |
5798 | |
5799 | /** |
5800 | * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking |
5801 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
5802 | * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
5803 | * |
5804 | * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() |
5805 | * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). |
5806 | */ |
5807 | #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ |
5808 | rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
5809 | |
5810 | /** |
5811 | * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx |
5812 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
5813 | * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
5814 | * |
5815 | * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the |
5816 | * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. |
5817 | */ |
5818 | #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ |
5819 | rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
5820 | |
5821 | /** |
5822 | * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy |
5823 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from |
5824 | */ |
5825 | const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
5826 | |
5827 | /** |
5828 | * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 |
5829 | * |
5830 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. |
5831 | * |
5832 | * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv |
5833 | * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding |
5834 | * request that is being handled. |
5835 | */ |
5836 | void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
5837 | |
5838 | /** |
5839 | * wiphy_free - free wiphy |
5840 | * |
5841 | * @wiphy: The wiphy to free |
5842 | */ |
5843 | void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
5844 | |
5845 | /* internal structs */ |
5846 | struct cfg80211_conn; |
5847 | struct cfg80211_internal_bss; |
5848 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys; |
5849 | struct cfg80211_cqm_config; |
5850 | |
5851 | /** |
5852 | * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy |
5853 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock |
5854 | * |
5855 | * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that |
5856 | * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking |
5857 | * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot |
5858 | * differentiate which way it's called. |
5859 | * |
5860 | * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. |
5861 | * |
5862 | * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. |
5863 | * |
5864 | * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued |
5865 | * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. |
5866 | */ |
5867 | static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5868 | __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) |
5869 | { |
5870 | mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); |
5871 | __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); |
5872 | } |
5873 | |
5874 | /** |
5875 | * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again |
5876 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock |
5877 | */ |
5878 | static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
5879 | __releases(&wiphy->mtx) |
5880 | { |
5881 | __release(&wiphy->mtx); |
5882 | mutex_unlock(lock: &wiphy->mtx); |
5883 | } |
5884 | |
5885 | struct wiphy_work; |
5886 | typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); |
5887 | |
5888 | struct wiphy_work { |
5889 | struct list_head entry; |
5890 | wiphy_work_func_t func; |
5891 | }; |
5892 | |
5893 | static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, |
5894 | wiphy_work_func_t func) |
5895 | { |
5896 | INIT_LIST_HEAD(list: &work->entry); |
5897 | work->func = func; |
5898 | } |
5899 | |
5900 | /** |
5901 | * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy |
5902 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for |
5903 | * @work: the work item |
5904 | * |
5905 | * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work |
5906 | * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be |
5907 | * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running |
5908 | * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can |
5909 | * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires |
5910 | * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). |
5911 | */ |
5912 | void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); |
5913 | |
5914 | /** |
5915 | * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work |
5916 | * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes |
5917 | * @work: the work to cancel |
5918 | * |
5919 | * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being |
5920 | * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). |
5921 | */ |
5922 | void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); |
5923 | |
5924 | /** |
5925 | * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work |
5926 | * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes |
5927 | * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work |
5928 | * |
5929 | * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called |
5930 | * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). |
5931 | */ |
5932 | void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); |
5933 | |
5934 | struct wiphy_delayed_work { |
5935 | struct wiphy_work work; |
5936 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
5937 | struct timer_list timer; |
5938 | }; |
5939 | |
5940 | void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); |
5941 | |
5942 | static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, |
5943 | wiphy_work_func_t func) |
5944 | { |
5945 | timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); |
5946 | wiphy_work_init(work: &dwork->work, func); |
5947 | } |
5948 | |
5949 | /** |
5950 | * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy |
5951 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for |
5952 | * @dwork: the delayable worker |
5953 | * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing |
5954 | * |
5955 | * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work |
5956 | * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be |
5957 | * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running |
5958 | * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can |
5959 | * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires |
5960 | * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). |
5961 | */ |
5962 | void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
5963 | struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, |
5964 | unsigned long delay); |
5965 | |
5966 | /** |
5967 | * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work |
5968 | * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes |
5969 | * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel |
5970 | * |
5971 | * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being |
5972 | * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). |
5973 | */ |
5974 | void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
5975 | struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); |
5976 | |
5977 | /** |
5978 | * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work |
5979 | * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes |
5980 | * @dwork: the delayed work to flush |
5981 | * |
5982 | * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called |
5983 | * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). |
5984 | */ |
5985 | void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
5986 | struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); |
5987 | |
5988 | /** |
5989 | * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state |
5990 | * |
5991 | * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver |
5992 | * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this |
5993 | * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) |
5994 | * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will |
5995 | * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, |
5996 | * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or |
5997 | * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops |
5998 | * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) |
5999 | * |
6000 | * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver |
6001 | * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as |
6002 | * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be |
6003 | * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. |
6004 | * |
6005 | * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description |
6006 | * @iftype: interface type |
6007 | * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 |
6008 | * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock |
6009 | * for the notifier |
6010 | * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces |
6011 | * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL |
6012 | * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this |
6013 | * wireless device if it has no netdev |
6014 | * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype |
6015 | * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) |
6016 | * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
6017 | * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code |
6018 | * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling |
6019 | * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data |
6020 | * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data |
6021 | * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association |
6022 | * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements |
6023 | * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID |
6024 | * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID |
6025 | * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index |
6026 | * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index |
6027 | * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation |
6028 | * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity |
6029 | * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be |
6030 | * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the |
6031 | * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update |
6032 | * by cfg80211 on change_interface |
6033 | * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames |
6034 | * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, |
6035 | * need to propagate the update to the driver |
6036 | * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting |
6037 | * beacons, 0 when not valid |
6038 | * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL |
6039 | * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. |
6040 | * the P2P Device. |
6041 | * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started |
6042 | * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
6043 | * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms |
6044 | * @ps: powersave mode is enabled |
6045 | * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout |
6046 | * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application |
6047 | * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) |
6048 | * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data |
6049 | * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established |
6050 | * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type |
6051 | * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID |
6052 | * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work |
6053 | * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect |
6054 | * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing |
6055 | * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list |
6056 | * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID |
6057 | * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away |
6058 | * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work |
6059 | * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state |
6060 | * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests |
6061 | * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock |
6062 | * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work |
6063 | * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last |
6064 | * unprotected beacon report |
6065 | * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr |
6066 | * @ap and @client for each link |
6067 | * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid |
6068 | */ |
6069 | struct wireless_dev { |
6070 | struct wiphy *wiphy; |
6071 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
6072 | |
6073 | /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ |
6074 | struct list_head list; |
6075 | struct net_device *netdev; |
6076 | |
6077 | u32 identifier; |
6078 | |
6079 | struct list_head mgmt_registrations; |
6080 | u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; |
6081 | |
6082 | bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; |
6083 | |
6084 | u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); |
6085 | |
6086 | /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ |
6087 | struct cfg80211_conn *conn; |
6088 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; |
6089 | enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; |
6090 | u32 conn_owner_nlportid; |
6091 | |
6092 | struct work_struct disconnect_wk; |
6093 | u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
6094 | |
6095 | struct list_head event_list; |
6096 | spinlock_t event_lock; |
6097 | |
6098 | u8 connected:1; |
6099 | |
6100 | bool ps; |
6101 | int ps_timeout; |
6102 | |
6103 | u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; |
6104 | |
6105 | u32 owner_nlportid; |
6106 | bool nl_owner_dead; |
6107 | |
6108 | /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ |
6109 | bool cac_started; |
6110 | unsigned long cac_start_time; |
6111 | unsigned int cac_time_ms; |
6112 | |
6113 | #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
6114 | /* wext data */ |
6115 | struct { |
6116 | struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; |
6117 | struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; |
6118 | struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; |
6119 | const u8 *ie; |
6120 | size_t ie_len; |
6121 | u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
6122 | u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
6123 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
6124 | s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; |
6125 | bool prev_bssid_valid; |
6126 | } wext; |
6127 | #endif |
6128 | |
6129 | struct wiphy_work ; |
6130 | struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; |
6131 | |
6132 | struct list_head pmsr_list; |
6133 | spinlock_t pmsr_lock; |
6134 | struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; |
6135 | |
6136 | unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; |
6137 | |
6138 | union { |
6139 | struct { |
6140 | u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
6141 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
6142 | u8 ssid_len; |
6143 | } client; |
6144 | struct { |
6145 | int beacon_interval; |
6146 | struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; |
6147 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
6148 | u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
6149 | u8 id_len, id_up_len; |
6150 | } mesh; |
6151 | struct { |
6152 | struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; |
6153 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
6154 | u8 ssid_len; |
6155 | } ap; |
6156 | struct { |
6157 | struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; |
6158 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
6159 | int beacon_interval; |
6160 | u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
6161 | u8 ssid_len; |
6162 | } ibss; |
6163 | struct { |
6164 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
6165 | } ocb; |
6166 | } u; |
6167 | |
6168 | struct { |
6169 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
6170 | union { |
6171 | struct { |
6172 | unsigned int beacon_interval; |
6173 | struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
6174 | } ap; |
6175 | struct { |
6176 | struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; |
6177 | } client; |
6178 | }; |
6179 | } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
6180 | u16 valid_links; |
6181 | }; |
6182 | |
6183 | static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
6184 | { |
6185 | if (wdev->netdev) |
6186 | return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; |
6187 | return wdev->address; |
6188 | } |
6189 | |
6190 | static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
6191 | { |
6192 | if (wdev->netdev) |
6193 | return netif_running(dev: wdev->netdev); |
6194 | return wdev->is_running; |
6195 | } |
6196 | |
6197 | /** |
6198 | * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev |
6199 | * |
6200 | * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return |
6201 | * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. |
6202 | */ |
6203 | static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
6204 | { |
6205 | BUG_ON(!wdev); |
6206 | return wiphy_priv(wiphy: wdev->wiphy); |
6207 | } |
6208 | |
6209 | /** |
6210 | * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev |
6211 | * @wdev: the wdev |
6212 | * @link_id: the link ID for MLO |
6213 | * |
6214 | * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. |
6215 | */ |
6216 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
6217 | unsigned int link_id); |
6218 | |
6219 | static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
6220 | unsigned int link_id) |
6221 | { |
6222 | WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); |
6223 | WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && |
6224 | !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); |
6225 | } |
6226 | |
6227 | #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ |
6228 | for (link_id = 0; \ |
6229 | link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ |
6230 | ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ |
6231 | link_id++) \ |
6232 | if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ |
6233 | ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) |
6234 | |
6235 | /** |
6236 | * DOC: Utility functions |
6237 | * |
6238 | * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. |
6239 | */ |
6240 | |
6241 | /** |
6242 | * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel |
6243 | * |
6244 | * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel |
6245 | * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel |
6246 | * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b |
6247 | */ |
6248 | static inline bool |
6249 | ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, |
6250 | struct ieee80211_channel *b) |
6251 | { |
6252 | return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && |
6253 | a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); |
6254 | } |
6255 | |
6256 | /** |
6257 | * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz |
6258 | * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert |
6259 | * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) |
6260 | */ |
6261 | static inline u32 |
6262 | ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
6263 | { |
6264 | return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; |
6265 | } |
6266 | |
6267 | /** |
6268 | * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan |
6269 | * |
6270 | * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ |
6271 | * @chan: channel |
6272 | * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq |
6273 | */ |
6274 | enum nl80211_chan_width |
6275 | ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
6276 | |
6277 | /** |
6278 | * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency |
6279 | * @chan: channel number |
6280 | * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
6281 | * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
6282 | */ |
6283 | u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); |
6284 | |
6285 | /** |
6286 | * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency |
6287 | * @chan: channel number |
6288 | * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
6289 | * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
6290 | */ |
6291 | static inline int |
6292 | ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) |
6293 | { |
6294 | return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); |
6295 | } |
6296 | |
6297 | /** |
6298 | * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
6299 | * @freq: center frequency in KHz |
6300 | * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
6301 | */ |
6302 | int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); |
6303 | |
6304 | /** |
6305 | * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
6306 | * @freq: center frequency in MHz |
6307 | * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
6308 | */ |
6309 | static inline int |
6310 | ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) |
6311 | { |
6312 | return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
6313 | } |
6314 | |
6315 | /** |
6316 | * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified |
6317 | * frequency |
6318 | * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
6319 | * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel |
6320 | * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
6321 | */ |
6322 | struct ieee80211_channel * |
6323 | ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); |
6324 | |
6325 | /** |
6326 | * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency |
6327 | * |
6328 | * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
6329 | * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel |
6330 | * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
6331 | */ |
6332 | static inline struct ieee80211_channel * |
6333 | ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) |
6334 | { |
6335 | return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
6336 | } |
6337 | |
6338 | /** |
6339 | * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC |
6340 | * @chan: control channel to check |
6341 | * |
6342 | * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in |
6343 | * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 |
6344 | */ |
6345 | static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
6346 | { |
6347 | if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) |
6348 | return false; |
6349 | |
6350 | return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(freq: chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; |
6351 | } |
6352 | |
6353 | /** |
6354 | * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate |
6355 | * |
6356 | * @sband: the band to look for rates in |
6357 | * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates |
6358 | * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate |
6359 | * |
6360 | * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that |
6361 | * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, |
6362 | * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of |
6363 | * rates in the band's bitrate table. |
6364 | */ |
6365 | const struct ieee80211_rate * |
6366 | ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
6367 | u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); |
6368 | |
6369 | /** |
6370 | * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band |
6371 | * @sband: the band to look for rates in |
6372 | * |
6373 | * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given |
6374 | * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. |
6375 | */ |
6376 | u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); |
6377 | |
6378 | /* |
6379 | * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support |
6380 | * |
6381 | * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c |
6382 | * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst |
6383 | */ |
6384 | |
6385 | struct radiotap_align_size { |
6386 | uint8_t align:4, size:4; |
6387 | }; |
6388 | |
6389 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { |
6390 | const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; |
6391 | int n_bits; |
6392 | uint32_t oui; |
6393 | uint8_t subns; |
6394 | }; |
6395 | |
6396 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { |
6397 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; |
6398 | int n_ns; |
6399 | }; |
6400 | |
6401 | /** |
6402 | * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args |
6403 | * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call |
6404 | * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() |
6405 | * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each |
6406 | * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after |
6407 | * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to |
6408 | * the beginning of the actual data portion |
6409 | * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience |
6410 | * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition |
6411 | * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) |
6412 | * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default |
6413 | * radiotap namespace or not |
6414 | * |
6415 | * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through |
6416 | * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering |
6417 | * @_arg_index: next argument index |
6418 | * @_arg: next argument pointer |
6419 | * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 |
6420 | * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present |
6421 | * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions |
6422 | * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data |
6423 | * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the |
6424 | * next bitmap word |
6425 | * |
6426 | * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore |
6427 | * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. |
6428 | */ |
6429 | |
6430 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { |
6431 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *; |
6432 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; |
6433 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; |
6434 | |
6435 | unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; |
6436 | __le32 *_next_bitmap; |
6437 | |
6438 | unsigned char *this_arg; |
6439 | int this_arg_index; |
6440 | int this_arg_size; |
6441 | |
6442 | int is_radiotap_ns; |
6443 | |
6444 | int _max_length; |
6445 | int _arg_index; |
6446 | uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; |
6447 | int _reset_on_ext; |
6448 | }; |
6449 | |
6450 | int |
6451 | ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, |
6452 | struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *, |
6453 | int max_length, |
6454 | const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); |
6455 | |
6456 | int |
6457 | ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); |
6458 | |
6459 | |
6460 | extern const unsigned char [6]; |
6461 | extern const unsigned char [6]; |
6462 | |
6463 | /** |
6464 | * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data |
6465 | * |
6466 | * @skb: the frame |
6467 | * |
6468 | * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function |
6469 | * returns the 802.11 header length. |
6470 | * |
6471 | * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption |
6472 | * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid |
6473 | * 802.11 header. |
6474 | */ |
6475 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); |
6476 | |
6477 | /** |
6478 | * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control |
6479 | * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format |
6480 | * Return: The header length in bytes. |
6481 | */ |
6482 | unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); |
6483 | |
6484 | /** |
6485 | * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length |
6486 | * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field |
6487 | * (first byte) will be accessed |
6488 | * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at |
6489 | * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. |
6490 | */ |
6491 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); |
6492 | |
6493 | /** |
6494 | * DOC: Data path helpers |
6495 | * |
6496 | * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers |
6497 | * functions that help implement the data path for devices |
6498 | * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. |
6499 | */ |
6500 | |
6501 | /** |
6502 | * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
6503 | * @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
6504 | * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead |
6505 | * of it being pushed into the SKB |
6506 | * @addr: the device MAC address |
6507 | * @iftype: the virtual interface type |
6508 | * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header |
6509 | * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU |
6510 | * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
6511 | */ |
6512 | int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, |
6513 | const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
6514 | u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); |
6515 | |
6516 | /** |
6517 | * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
6518 | * @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
6519 | * @addr: the device MAC address |
6520 | * @iftype: the virtual interface type |
6521 | * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
6522 | */ |
6523 | static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, |
6524 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
6525 | { |
6526 | return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, data_offset: 0, is_amsdu: false); |
6527 | } |
6528 | |
6529 | /** |
6530 | * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid |
6531 | * |
6532 | * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated |
6533 | * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the |
6534 | * mesh control field. |
6535 | * |
6536 | * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. |
6537 | * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test |
6538 | * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field |
6539 | * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field |
6540 | * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field |
6541 | * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode |
6542 | */ |
6543 | bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); |
6544 | |
6545 | /** |
6546 | * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame |
6547 | * |
6548 | * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. |
6549 | * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully |
6550 | * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. |
6551 | * |
6552 | * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. |
6553 | * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and |
6554 | * initialized by the caller. |
6555 | * @addr: The device MAC address. |
6556 | * @iftype: The device interface type. |
6557 | * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. |
6558 | * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
6559 | * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
6560 | * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu |
6561 | */ |
6562 | void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, |
6563 | const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
6564 | const unsigned int , |
6565 | const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, |
6566 | u8 mesh_control); |
6567 | |
6568 | /** |
6569 | * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol |
6570 | * |
6571 | * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated |
6572 | * protocol. |
6573 | * |
6574 | * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload |
6575 | * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol |
6576 | * Return: true if encapsulation was found |
6577 | */ |
6578 | bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); |
6579 | |
6580 | /** |
6581 | * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames |
6582 | * |
6583 | * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part |
6584 | * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh |
6585 | * header to the ethernet header (if present). |
6586 | * |
6587 | * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header |
6588 | */ |
6589 | int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); |
6590 | |
6591 | /** |
6592 | * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame |
6593 | * @skb: the data frame |
6594 | * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use |
6595 | * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. |
6596 | */ |
6597 | unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, |
6598 | struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
6599 | |
6600 | /** |
6601 | * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data |
6602 | * |
6603 | * @eid: element ID |
6604 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6605 | * @len: length of data |
6606 | * @match: byte array to match |
6607 | * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
6608 | * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. |
6609 | * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers |
6610 | * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take |
6611 | * the data portion instead. |
6612 | * |
6613 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
6614 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6615 | * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
6616 | * requested element struct. |
6617 | * |
6618 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6619 | * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
6620 | * byte array to match. |
6621 | */ |
6622 | const struct element * |
6623 | cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
6624 | const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
6625 | unsigned int match_offset); |
6626 | |
6627 | /** |
6628 | * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data |
6629 | * |
6630 | * @eid: element ID |
6631 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6632 | * @len: length of data |
6633 | * @match: byte array to match |
6634 | * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
6635 | * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. |
6636 | * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. |
6637 | * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first |
6638 | * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and |
6639 | * the second byte is the IE length. |
6640 | * |
6641 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
6642 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6643 | * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first |
6644 | * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
6645 | * element ID. |
6646 | * |
6647 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6648 | * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
6649 | * byte array to match. |
6650 | */ |
6651 | static inline const u8 * |
6652 | cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
6653 | const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
6654 | unsigned int match_offset) |
6655 | { |
6656 | /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is |
6657 | * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. |
6658 | */ |
6659 | if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || |
6660 | (!match_len && match_offset))) |
6661 | return NULL; |
6662 | |
6663 | return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, |
6664 | match, match_len, |
6665 | match_offset: match_offset ? |
6666 | match_offset - 2 : 0); |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | /** |
6670 | * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data |
6671 | * |
6672 | * @eid: element ID |
6673 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6674 | * @len: length of data |
6675 | * |
6676 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
6677 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6678 | * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
6679 | * requested element struct. |
6680 | * |
6681 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6682 | * having to fit into the given data. |
6683 | */ |
6684 | static inline const struct element * |
6685 | cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
6686 | { |
6687 | return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, match_len: 0, match_offset: 0); |
6688 | } |
6689 | |
6690 | /** |
6691 | * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data |
6692 | * |
6693 | * @eid: element ID |
6694 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6695 | * @len: length of data |
6696 | * |
6697 | * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
6698 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6699 | * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
6700 | * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
6701 | * |
6702 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6703 | * having to fit into the given data. |
6704 | */ |
6705 | static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
6706 | { |
6707 | return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, match_len: 0, match_offset: 0); |
6708 | } |
6709 | |
6710 | /** |
6711 | * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data |
6712 | * |
6713 | * @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
6714 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6715 | * @len: length of data |
6716 | * |
6717 | * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if |
6718 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6719 | * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
6720 | * requested element struct. |
6721 | * |
6722 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6723 | * having to fit into the given data. |
6724 | */ |
6725 | static inline const struct element * |
6726 | cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
6727 | { |
6728 | return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid: WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
6729 | match: &ext_eid, match_len: 1, match_offset: 0); |
6730 | } |
6731 | |
6732 | /** |
6733 | * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data |
6734 | * |
6735 | * @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
6736 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6737 | * @len: length of data |
6738 | * |
6739 | * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if |
6740 | * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
6741 | * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
6742 | * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
6743 | * |
6744 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
6745 | * having to fit into the given data. |
6746 | */ |
6747 | static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
6748 | { |
6749 | return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid: WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
6750 | match: &ext_eid, match_len: 1, match_offset: 2); |
6751 | } |
6752 | |
6753 | /** |
6754 | * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data |
6755 | * |
6756 | * @oui: vendor OUI |
6757 | * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
6758 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6759 | * @len: length of data |
6760 | * |
6761 | * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
6762 | * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise |
6763 | * return the element structure for the requested element. |
6764 | * |
6765 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
6766 | * the given data. |
6767 | */ |
6768 | const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
6769 | const u8 *ies, |
6770 | unsigned int len); |
6771 | |
6772 | /** |
6773 | * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data |
6774 | * |
6775 | * @oui: vendor OUI |
6776 | * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
6777 | * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
6778 | * @len: length of data |
6779 | * |
6780 | * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
6781 | * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to |
6782 | * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
6783 | * element ID. |
6784 | * |
6785 | * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
6786 | * the given data. |
6787 | */ |
6788 | static inline const u8 * |
6789 | cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
6790 | const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) |
6791 | { |
6792 | return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); |
6793 | } |
6794 | |
6795 | /** |
6796 | * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer |
6797 | * |
6798 | * @elem: the element to defragment |
6799 | * @ies: elements where @elem is contained |
6800 | * @ieslen: length of @ies |
6801 | * @data: buffer to store element data |
6802 | * @data_len: length of @data |
6803 | * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments |
6804 | * |
6805 | * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error |
6806 | * |
6807 | * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while |
6808 | * skipping all headers. |
6809 | * |
6810 | * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an |
6811 | * element in-place. |
6812 | */ |
6813 | ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, |
6814 | size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, |
6815 | u8 frag_id); |
6816 | |
6817 | /** |
6818 | * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame |
6819 | * |
6820 | * @dev: network device |
6821 | * @addr: STA MAC address |
6822 | * |
6823 | * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge |
6824 | * devices upon STA association. |
6825 | */ |
6826 | void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
6827 | |
6828 | /** |
6829 | * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure |
6830 | * |
6831 | * TODO |
6832 | */ |
6833 | |
6834 | /** |
6835 | * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain |
6836 | * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting |
6837 | * conflicts) |
6838 | * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain |
6839 | * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you |
6840 | * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted |
6841 | * alpha2. |
6842 | * |
6843 | * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core |
6844 | * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by |
6845 | * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory |
6846 | * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. |
6847 | * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried |
6848 | * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. |
6849 | * |
6850 | * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. |
6851 | * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), |
6852 | * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). |
6853 | * |
6854 | * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
6855 | * an -ENOMEM. |
6856 | * |
6857 | * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. |
6858 | */ |
6859 | int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); |
6860 | |
6861 | /** |
6862 | * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers |
6863 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
6864 | * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy |
6865 | * |
6866 | * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they |
6867 | * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more |
6868 | * information. |
6869 | * |
6870 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
6871 | */ |
6872 | int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
6873 | struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
6874 | |
6875 | /** |
6876 | * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers |
6877 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
6878 | * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy |
6879 | * |
6880 | * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and |
6881 | * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details |
6882 | * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). |
6883 | * |
6884 | * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
6885 | */ |
6886 | int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
6887 | struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
6888 | |
6889 | /** |
6890 | * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain |
6891 | * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
6892 | * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy |
6893 | * |
6894 | * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply |
6895 | * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory |
6896 | * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The |
6897 | * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous |
6898 | * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a |
6899 | * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. |
6900 | * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag |
6901 | * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy |
6902 | * that called this helper. |
6903 | */ |
6904 | void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
6905 | const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); |
6906 | |
6907 | /** |
6908 | * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency |
6909 | * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for |
6910 | * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for |
6911 | * |
6912 | * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on |
6913 | * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain |
6914 | * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received |
6915 | * and processed already. |
6916 | * |
6917 | * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule |
6918 | * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to |
6919 | * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return |
6920 | * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even |
6921 | * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. |
6922 | * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is |
6923 | * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. |
6924 | */ |
6925 | const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
6926 | u32 center_freq); |
6927 | |
6928 | /** |
6929 | * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name |
6930 | * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator |
6931 | * |
6932 | * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a |
6933 | * proper string representation. |
6934 | */ |
6935 | const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); |
6936 | |
6937 | /** |
6938 | * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom |
6939 | * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. |
6940 | * |
6941 | * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). |
6942 | */ |
6943 | bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
6944 | |
6945 | /** |
6946 | * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions |
6947 | * |
6948 | */ |
6949 | |
6950 | /** |
6951 | * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule |
6952 | * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively |
6953 | * |
6954 | * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. |
6955 | * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. |
6956 | * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. |
6957 | * |
6958 | * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query |
6959 | * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given |
6960 | * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. |
6961 | * |
6962 | * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
6963 | * an -ENODATA. |
6964 | * |
6965 | * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. |
6966 | */ |
6967 | int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, |
6968 | struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); |
6969 | |
6970 | /* |
6971 | * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification |
6972 | * functions and BSS handling helpers |
6973 | */ |
6974 | |
6975 | /** |
6976 | * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished |
6977 | * |
6978 | * @request: the corresponding scan request |
6979 | * @info: information about the completed scan |
6980 | */ |
6981 | void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, |
6982 | struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); |
6983 | |
6984 | /** |
6985 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available |
6986 | * |
6987 | * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results |
6988 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
6989 | */ |
6990 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
6991 | |
6992 | /** |
6993 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
6994 | * |
6995 | * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
6996 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
6997 | * |
6998 | * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
6999 | * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
7000 | * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
7001 | */ |
7002 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
7003 | |
7004 | /** |
7005 | * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
7006 | * |
7007 | * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
7008 | * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
7009 | * |
7010 | * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
7011 | * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
7012 | * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
7013 | * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. |
7014 | */ |
7015 | void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
7016 | |
7017 | /** |
7018 | * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame |
7019 | * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
7020 | * @data: the BSS metadata |
7021 | * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) |
7022 | * @len: length of the management frame |
7023 | * @gfp: context flags |
7024 | * |
7025 | * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
7026 | * the BSS should be updated/added. |
7027 | * |
7028 | * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
7029 | * Or %NULL on error. |
7030 | */ |
7031 | struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
7032 | cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7033 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
7034 | struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
7035 | gfp_t gfp); |
7036 | |
7037 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
7038 | cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7039 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
7040 | struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
7041 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
7042 | { |
7043 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
7044 | .chan = rx_channel, |
7045 | .signal = signal, |
7046 | }; |
7047 | |
7048 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, data: &data, mgmt, len, gfp); |
7049 | } |
7050 | |
7051 | /** |
7052 | * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID |
7053 | * @bssid: transmitter BSSID |
7054 | * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element |
7055 | * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element |
7056 | * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID |
7057 | */ |
7058 | static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, |
7059 | u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) |
7060 | { |
7061 | u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(addr: bssid); |
7062 | u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); |
7063 | u64 new_bssid_u64; |
7064 | |
7065 | new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; |
7066 | |
7067 | new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; |
7068 | |
7069 | u64_to_ether_addr(u: new_bssid_u64, addr: new_bssid); |
7070 | } |
7071 | |
7072 | /** |
7073 | * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited |
7074 | * @element: element to check |
7075 | * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element |
7076 | */ |
7077 | bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, |
7078 | const struct element *non_inherit_element); |
7079 | |
7080 | /** |
7081 | * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs |
7082 | * @ie: ies |
7083 | * @ielen: length of IEs |
7084 | * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element |
7085 | * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) |
7086 | * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile |
7087 | * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length |
7088 | */ |
7089 | size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
7090 | const struct element *mbssid_elem, |
7091 | const struct element *sub_elem, |
7092 | u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); |
7093 | |
7094 | /** |
7095 | * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from |
7096 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is |
7097 | * from a beacon or probe response |
7098 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon |
7099 | * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response |
7100 | */ |
7101 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { |
7102 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, |
7103 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, |
7104 | CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, |
7105 | }; |
7106 | |
7107 | /** |
7108 | * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies |
7109 | * @ie: IEs |
7110 | * @ielen: length of IEs |
7111 | * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel |
7112 | * |
7113 | * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. |
7114 | */ |
7115 | int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
7116 | enum nl80211_band band); |
7117 | |
7118 | /** |
7119 | * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS |
7120 | * |
7121 | * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
7122 | * @data: the BSS metadata |
7123 | * @ftype: frame type (if known) |
7124 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS |
7125 | * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) |
7126 | * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer |
7127 | * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer |
7128 | * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer |
7129 | * @ielen: length of the additional IEs |
7130 | * @gfp: context flags |
7131 | * |
7132 | * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
7133 | * the BSS should be updated/added. |
7134 | * |
7135 | * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
7136 | * Or %NULL on error. |
7137 | */ |
7138 | struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
7139 | cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7140 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
7141 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
7142 | const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
7143 | u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
7144 | gfp_t gfp); |
7145 | |
7146 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
7147 | cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7148 | struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
7149 | enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
7150 | const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
7151 | u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
7152 | s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
7153 | { |
7154 | struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
7155 | .chan = rx_channel, |
7156 | .signal = signal, |
7157 | }; |
7158 | |
7159 | return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, data: &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, |
7160 | capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, |
7161 | gfp); |
7162 | } |
7163 | |
7164 | /** |
7165 | * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference |
7166 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
7167 | * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) |
7168 | * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) |
7169 | * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) |
7170 | * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) |
7171 | * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type |
7172 | * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy |
7173 | */ |
7174 | struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7175 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
7176 | const u8 *bssid, |
7177 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
7178 | enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, |
7179 | enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); |
7180 | static inline struct cfg80211_bss * |
7181 | cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7182 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
7183 | const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) |
7184 | { |
7185 | return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, |
7186 | bss_type: IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
7187 | privacy: IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); |
7188 | } |
7189 | |
7190 | /** |
7191 | * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct |
7192 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
7193 | * @bss: the BSS struct to reference |
7194 | * |
7195 | * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
7196 | */ |
7197 | void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
7198 | |
7199 | /** |
7200 | * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct |
7201 | * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
7202 | * @bss: the BSS struct |
7203 | * |
7204 | * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
7205 | */ |
7206 | void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
7207 | |
7208 | /** |
7209 | * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures |
7210 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7211 | * @bss: the bss to remove |
7212 | * |
7213 | * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures |
7214 | * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this |
7215 | * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time |
7216 | * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. |
7217 | */ |
7218 | void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
7219 | |
7220 | /** |
7221 | * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries |
7222 | * |
7223 | * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy |
7224 | * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not |
7225 | * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. |
7226 | * |
7227 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7228 | * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel |
7229 | * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. |
7230 | * @iter: the iterator function to call |
7231 | * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function |
7232 | */ |
7233 | void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7234 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
7235 | void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7236 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
7237 | void *data), |
7238 | void *iter_data); |
7239 | |
7240 | /** |
7241 | * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame |
7242 | * @dev: network device |
7243 | * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) |
7244 | * @len: length of the frame data |
7245 | * |
7246 | * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or |
7247 | * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. |
7248 | * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must |
7249 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
7250 | * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
7251 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
7252 | * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed |
7253 | * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used |
7254 | * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function |
7255 | * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. |
7256 | * |
7257 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
7258 | */ |
7259 | void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
7260 | |
7261 | /** |
7262 | * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication |
7263 | * @dev: network device |
7264 | * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out |
7265 | * |
7266 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's |
7267 | * mutex. |
7268 | */ |
7269 | void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
7270 | |
7271 | /** |
7272 | * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data |
7273 | * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer |
7274 | * moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() |
7275 | * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) |
7276 | * @len: length of the frame data |
7277 | * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format |
7278 | * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
7279 | * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame |
7280 | * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data |
7281 | * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) |
7282 | * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for |
7283 | * non-MLO connections |
7284 | * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that |
7285 | * were rejected by the AP. |
7286 | */ |
7287 | struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { |
7288 | const u8 *buf; |
7289 | size_t len; |
7290 | const u8 *req_ies; |
7291 | size_t req_ies_len; |
7292 | int uapsd_queues; |
7293 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
7294 | struct { |
7295 | u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
7296 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
7297 | u16 status; |
7298 | } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
7299 | }; |
7300 | |
7301 | /** |
7302 | * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response |
7303 | * @dev: network device |
7304 | * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data |
7305 | * |
7306 | * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
7307 | * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
7308 | * |
7309 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
7310 | */ |
7311 | void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, |
7312 | struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); |
7313 | |
7314 | /** |
7315 | * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data |
7316 | * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL |
7317 | * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections |
7318 | * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) |
7319 | * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise |
7320 | * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some |
7321 | * other API (e.g. deauth RX) |
7322 | */ |
7323 | struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { |
7324 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
7325 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
7326 | bool timeout; |
7327 | }; |
7328 | |
7329 | /** |
7330 | * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure |
7331 | * @dev: network device |
7332 | * @data: data describing the association failure |
7333 | * |
7334 | * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
7335 | */ |
7336 | void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, |
7337 | struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); |
7338 | |
7339 | /** |
7340 | * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame |
7341 | * @dev: network device |
7342 | * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) |
7343 | * @len: length of the frame data |
7344 | * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) |
7345 | * |
7346 | * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in |
7347 | * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and |
7348 | * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the |
7349 | * corresponding wdev's mutex. |
7350 | */ |
7351 | void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
7352 | bool reconnect); |
7353 | |
7354 | /** |
7355 | * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame |
7356 | * @dev: network device |
7357 | * @buf: received management frame (header + body) |
7358 | * @len: length of the frame data |
7359 | * |
7360 | * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc |
7361 | * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the |
7362 | * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon |
7363 | * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while |
7364 | * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). |
7365 | * |
7366 | * This function may sleep. |
7367 | */ |
7368 | void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, |
7369 | const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
7370 | |
7371 | /** |
7372 | * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) |
7373 | * @dev: network device |
7374 | * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame |
7375 | * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used |
7376 | * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. |
7377 | * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) |
7378 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7379 | * |
7380 | * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a |
7381 | * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() |
7382 | * primitive. |
7383 | */ |
7384 | void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
7385 | enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, |
7386 | const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); |
7387 | |
7388 | /** |
7389 | * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS |
7390 | * |
7391 | * @dev: network device |
7392 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined |
7393 | * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined |
7394 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7395 | * |
7396 | * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or |
7397 | * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, |
7398 | * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of |
7399 | * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called |
7400 | * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is |
7401 | * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. |
7402 | */ |
7403 | void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
7404 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); |
7405 | |
7406 | /** |
7407 | * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer |
7408 | * candidate |
7409 | * |
7410 | * @dev: network device |
7411 | * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate |
7412 | * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate |
7413 | * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer |
7414 | * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm |
7415 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7416 | * |
7417 | * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been |
7418 | * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. |
7419 | * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. |
7420 | */ |
7421 | void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, |
7422 | const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, |
7423 | int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); |
7424 | |
7425 | /** |
7426 | * DOC: RFkill integration |
7427 | * |
7428 | * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, |
7429 | * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each |
7430 | * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated |
7431 | * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are |
7432 | * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. |
7433 | * |
7434 | * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they |
7435 | * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. |
7436 | * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. |
7437 | */ |
7438 | |
7439 | /** |
7440 | * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state |
7441 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7442 | * @blocked: block status |
7443 | * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons |
7444 | */ |
7445 | void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, |
7446 | enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); |
7447 | |
7448 | static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) |
7449 | { |
7450 | wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, |
7451 | reason: RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); |
7452 | } |
7453 | |
7454 | /** |
7455 | * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill |
7456 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7457 | */ |
7458 | void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
7459 | |
7460 | /** |
7461 | * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill |
7462 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7463 | */ |
7464 | static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
7465 | { |
7466 | rfkill_pause_polling(rfkill: wiphy->rfkill); |
7467 | } |
7468 | |
7469 | /** |
7470 | * DOC: Vendor commands |
7471 | * |
7472 | * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that |
7473 | * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the |
7474 | * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with |
7475 | * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as |
7476 | * the configuration mechanism. |
7477 | * |
7478 | * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array |
7479 | * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an |
7480 | * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. |
7481 | * |
7482 | * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol |
7483 | * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, |
7484 | * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any |
7485 | * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection |
7486 | * managers etc. need. |
7487 | */ |
7488 | |
7489 | struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7490 | enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
7491 | enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
7492 | int approxlen); |
7493 | |
7494 | struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7495 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
7496 | enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
7497 | enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
7498 | unsigned int portid, |
7499 | int vendor_event_idx, |
7500 | int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); |
7501 | |
7502 | void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); |
7503 | |
7504 | /** |
7505 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply |
7506 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7507 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
7508 | * be put into the skb |
7509 | * |
7510 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
7511 | * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
7512 | * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. |
7513 | * |
7514 | * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in |
7515 | * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
7516 | * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
7517 | * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
7518 | * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
7519 | * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. |
7520 | * You must not modify the skb in any other way. |
7521 | * |
7522 | * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return |
7523 | * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. |
7524 | * |
7525 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
7526 | */ |
7527 | static inline struct sk_buff * |
7528 | cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
7529 | { |
7530 | return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, cmd: NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
7531 | attr: NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); |
7532 | } |
7533 | |
7534 | /** |
7535 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb |
7536 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
7537 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() |
7538 | * |
7539 | * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
7540 | * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should |
7541 | * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the |
7542 | * skb regardless of the return value. |
7543 | * |
7544 | * Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
7545 | */ |
7546 | int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); |
7547 | |
7548 | /** |
7549 | * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID |
7550 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7551 | * |
7552 | * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. |
7553 | * Valid to call only there. |
7554 | */ |
7555 | unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
7556 | |
7557 | /** |
7558 | * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb |
7559 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7560 | * @wdev: the wireless device |
7561 | * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
7562 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
7563 | * be put into the skb |
7564 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7565 | * |
7566 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
7567 | * vendor-specific multicast group. |
7568 | * |
7569 | * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
7570 | * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
7571 | * attribute. |
7572 | * |
7573 | * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
7574 | * skb to send the event. |
7575 | * |
7576 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
7577 | */ |
7578 | static inline struct sk_buff * |
7579 | cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
7580 | int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
7581 | { |
7582 | return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, cmd: NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
7583 | attr: NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
7584 | portid: 0, vendor_event_idx: event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
7585 | } |
7586 | |
7587 | /** |
7588 | * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb |
7589 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7590 | * @wdev: the wireless device |
7591 | * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
7592 | * @portid: port ID of the receiver |
7593 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
7594 | * be put into the skb |
7595 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7596 | * |
7597 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to |
7598 | * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been |
7599 | * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take |
7600 | * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. |
7601 | * |
7602 | * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
7603 | * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
7604 | * attribute. |
7605 | * |
7606 | * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
7607 | * skb to send the event. |
7608 | * |
7609 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
7610 | */ |
7611 | static inline struct sk_buff * |
7612 | cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
7613 | struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
7614 | unsigned int portid, int approxlen, |
7615 | int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
7616 | { |
7617 | return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, cmd: NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
7618 | attr: NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
7619 | portid, vendor_event_idx: event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
7620 | } |
7621 | |
7622 | /** |
7623 | * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event |
7624 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() |
7625 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7626 | * |
7627 | * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
7628 | * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. |
7629 | */ |
7630 | static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
7631 | { |
7632 | __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
7633 | } |
7634 | |
7635 | #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
7636 | /** |
7637 | * DOC: Test mode |
7638 | * |
7639 | * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to |
7640 | * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, |
7641 | * factory programming. |
7642 | * |
7643 | * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more |
7644 | * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. |
7645 | */ |
7646 | |
7647 | /** |
7648 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply |
7649 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7650 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
7651 | * be put into the skb |
7652 | * |
7653 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
7654 | * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
7655 | * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. |
7656 | * |
7657 | * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in |
7658 | * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
7659 | * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
7660 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
7661 | * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
7662 | * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You |
7663 | * must not modify the skb in any other way. |
7664 | * |
7665 | * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return |
7666 | * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. |
7667 | * |
7668 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
7669 | */ |
7670 | static inline struct sk_buff * |
7671 | cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
7672 | { |
7673 | return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, cmd: NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
7674 | attr: NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); |
7675 | } |
7676 | |
7677 | /** |
7678 | * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb |
7679 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
7680 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() |
7681 | * |
7682 | * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
7683 | * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return |
7684 | * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb |
7685 | * regardless of the return value. |
7686 | * |
7687 | * Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
7688 | */ |
7689 | static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) |
7690 | { |
7691 | return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); |
7692 | } |
7693 | |
7694 | /** |
7695 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event |
7696 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
7697 | * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
7698 | * be put into the skb |
7699 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7700 | * |
7701 | * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
7702 | * testmode multicast group. |
7703 | * |
7704 | * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with |
7705 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As |
7706 | * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the |
7707 | * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb |
7708 | * in any other way. |
7709 | * |
7710 | * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the |
7711 | * skb to send the event. |
7712 | * |
7713 | * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
7714 | */ |
7715 | static inline struct sk_buff * |
7716 | cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) |
7717 | { |
7718 | return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, cmd: NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
7719 | attr: NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, portid: 0, vendor_event_idx: -1, |
7720 | approxlen, gfp); |
7721 | } |
7722 | |
7723 | /** |
7724 | * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event |
7725 | * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
7726 | * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() |
7727 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7728 | * |
7729 | * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
7730 | * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always |
7731 | * consumes it. |
7732 | */ |
7733 | static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
7734 | { |
7735 | __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
7736 | } |
7737 | |
7738 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), |
7739 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), |
7740 | #else |
7741 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) |
7742 | #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) |
7743 | #endif |
7744 | |
7745 | /** |
7746 | * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params |
7747 | * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) |
7748 | * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets |
7749 | * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in |
7750 | * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. |
7751 | * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in |
7752 | * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the |
7753 | * status for a FILS connection. |
7754 | * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
7755 | * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets |
7756 | * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID |
7757 | * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
7758 | */ |
7759 | struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { |
7760 | const u8 *kek; |
7761 | size_t kek_len; |
7762 | bool update_erp_next_seq_num; |
7763 | u16 erp_next_seq_num; |
7764 | const u8 *pmk; |
7765 | size_t pmk_len; |
7766 | const u8 *pmkid; |
7767 | }; |
7768 | |
7769 | /** |
7770 | * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params |
7771 | * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
7772 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
7773 | * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
7774 | * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
7775 | * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
7776 | * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
7777 | * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
7778 | * case. |
7779 | * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) |
7780 | * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length |
7781 | * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
7782 | * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length |
7783 | * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. |
7784 | * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
7785 | * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
7786 | * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
7787 | * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
7788 | * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
7789 | * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
7790 | * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise |
7791 | * zero. |
7792 | * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. |
7793 | * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated |
7794 | * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the |
7795 | * connected AP info. |
7796 | * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise |
7797 | * %NULL. |
7798 | * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO |
7799 | * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). |
7800 | * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. |
7801 | * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA |
7802 | * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be |
7803 | * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and |
7804 | * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning |
7805 | * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers |
7806 | * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs |
7807 | * to be specified. |
7808 | * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not |
7809 | * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the |
7810 | * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) |
7811 | */ |
7812 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { |
7813 | int status; |
7814 | const u8 *req_ie; |
7815 | size_t req_ie_len; |
7816 | const u8 *resp_ie; |
7817 | size_t resp_ie_len; |
7818 | struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
7819 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; |
7820 | |
7821 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
7822 | u16 valid_links; |
7823 | struct { |
7824 | const u8 *addr; |
7825 | const u8 *bssid; |
7826 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
7827 | u16 status; |
7828 | } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
7829 | }; |
7830 | |
7831 | /** |
7832 | * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
7833 | * |
7834 | * @dev: network device |
7835 | * @params: connection response parameters |
7836 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7837 | * |
7838 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
7839 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
7840 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response |
7841 | * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), |
7842 | * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), |
7843 | * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
7844 | */ |
7845 | void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, |
7846 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, |
7847 | gfp_t gfp); |
7848 | |
7849 | /** |
7850 | * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
7851 | * |
7852 | * @dev: network device |
7853 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
7854 | * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through |
7855 | * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the |
7856 | * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return |
7857 | * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the |
7858 | * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. |
7859 | * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. |
7860 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
7861 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
7862 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
7863 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
7864 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
7865 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
7866 | * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
7867 | * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
7868 | * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
7869 | * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
7870 | * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
7871 | * case. |
7872 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7873 | * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
7874 | * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
7875 | * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
7876 | * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
7877 | * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
7878 | * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
7879 | * |
7880 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
7881 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
7882 | * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss |
7883 | * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among |
7884 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
7885 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
7886 | */ |
7887 | static inline void |
7888 | cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
7889 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, |
7890 | size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, |
7891 | size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, |
7892 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
7893 | { |
7894 | struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; |
7895 | |
7896 | memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); |
7897 | params.status = status; |
7898 | params.links[0].bssid = bssid; |
7899 | params.links[0].bss = bss; |
7900 | params.req_ie = req_ie; |
7901 | params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; |
7902 | params.resp_ie = resp_ie; |
7903 | params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; |
7904 | params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; |
7905 | |
7906 | cfg80211_connect_done(dev, params: ¶ms, gfp); |
7907 | } |
7908 | |
7909 | /** |
7910 | * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
7911 | * |
7912 | * @dev: network device |
7913 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
7914 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
7915 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
7916 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
7917 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
7918 | * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
7919 | * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
7920 | * the real status code for failures. |
7921 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7922 | * |
7923 | * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
7924 | * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
7925 | * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only |
7926 | * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
7927 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
7928 | */ |
7929 | static inline void |
7930 | cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
7931 | const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, |
7932 | const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, |
7933 | u16 status, gfp_t gfp) |
7934 | { |
7935 | cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, |
7936 | resp_ie_len, status, gfp, |
7937 | timeout_reason: NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); |
7938 | } |
7939 | |
7940 | /** |
7941 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout |
7942 | * |
7943 | * @dev: network device |
7944 | * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
7945 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
7946 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
7947 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
7948 | * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. |
7949 | * |
7950 | * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed |
7951 | * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was |
7952 | * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send |
7953 | * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while |
7954 | * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among |
7955 | * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
7956 | * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
7957 | */ |
7958 | static inline void |
7959 | cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
7960 | const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, |
7961 | enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
7962 | { |
7963 | cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, resp_ie_len: 0, status: -1, |
7964 | gfp, timeout_reason); |
7965 | } |
7966 | |
7967 | /** |
7968 | * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information |
7969 | * |
7970 | * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
7971 | * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
7972 | * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
7973 | * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
7974 | * @fils: FILS related roaming information. |
7975 | * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. |
7976 | * Otherwise zero. |
7977 | * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. |
7978 | * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in |
7979 | * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. |
7980 | * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. |
7981 | * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO |
7982 | * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be |
7983 | * %NULL if %links.bss is set. |
7984 | * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. |
7985 | * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got |
7986 | * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to |
7987 | * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) |
7988 | */ |
7989 | struct cfg80211_roam_info { |
7990 | const u8 *req_ie; |
7991 | size_t req_ie_len; |
7992 | const u8 *resp_ie; |
7993 | size_t resp_ie_len; |
7994 | struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
7995 | |
7996 | const u8 *ap_mld_addr; |
7997 | u16 valid_links; |
7998 | struct { |
7999 | const u8 *addr; |
8000 | const u8 *bssid; |
8001 | struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
8002 | struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
8003 | } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; |
8004 | }; |
8005 | |
8006 | /** |
8007 | * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming |
8008 | * |
8009 | * @dev: network device |
8010 | * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. |
8011 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8012 | * |
8013 | * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the |
8014 | * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. |
8015 | * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP |
8016 | * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in |
8017 | * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where |
8018 | * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the |
8019 | * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling |
8020 | * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released |
8021 | * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be |
8022 | * released while disconnecting from the current bss. |
8023 | */ |
8024 | void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, |
8025 | gfp_t gfp); |
8026 | |
8027 | /** |
8028 | * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association |
8029 | * |
8030 | * @dev: network device |
8031 | * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address |
8032 | * in case of AP/P2P GO |
8033 | * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy |
8034 | * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy |
8035 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8036 | * |
8037 | * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake |
8038 | * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., |
8039 | * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function |
8040 | * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), |
8041 | * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to |
8042 | * indicate the 802.11 association. |
8043 | * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports |
8044 | * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of |
8045 | * associated STA/GC. |
8046 | */ |
8047 | void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, |
8048 | const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); |
8049 | |
8050 | /** |
8051 | * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped |
8052 | * |
8053 | * @dev: network device |
8054 | * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) |
8055 | * @ie_len: length of IEs |
8056 | * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown |
8057 | * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally |
8058 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8059 | * |
8060 | * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state |
8061 | * and not try to connect to any AP any more. |
8062 | */ |
8063 | void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, |
8064 | const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, |
8065 | bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); |
8066 | |
8067 | /** |
8068 | * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start |
8069 | * @wdev: wireless device |
8070 | * @cookie: the request cookie |
8071 | * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
8072 | * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the |
8073 | * channel |
8074 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8075 | */ |
8076 | void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
8077 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
8078 | unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); |
8079 | |
8080 | /** |
8081 | * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired |
8082 | * @wdev: wireless device |
8083 | * @cookie: the request cookie |
8084 | * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
8085 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8086 | */ |
8087 | void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
8088 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
8089 | gfp_t gfp); |
8090 | |
8091 | /** |
8092 | * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired |
8093 | * @wdev: wireless device |
8094 | * @cookie: the requested cookie |
8095 | * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) |
8096 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8097 | */ |
8098 | void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
8099 | struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); |
8100 | |
8101 | /** |
8102 | * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. |
8103 | * |
8104 | * @sinfo: the station information |
8105 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8106 | */ |
8107 | int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
8108 | |
8109 | /** |
8110 | * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info |
8111 | * @sinfo: the station information |
8112 | * |
8113 | * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station |
8114 | * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on |
8115 | * the stack.) |
8116 | */ |
8117 | static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) |
8118 | { |
8119 | kfree(objp: sinfo->pertid); |
8120 | } |
8121 | |
8122 | /** |
8123 | * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station |
8124 | * |
8125 | * @dev: the netdev |
8126 | * @mac_addr: the station's address |
8127 | * @sinfo: the station information |
8128 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8129 | */ |
8130 | void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
8131 | struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
8132 | |
8133 | /** |
8134 | * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
8135 | * @dev: the netdev |
8136 | * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. |
8137 | * @sinfo: the station information/statistics |
8138 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8139 | */ |
8140 | void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
8141 | struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
8142 | |
8143 | /** |
8144 | * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
8145 | * |
8146 | * @dev: the netdev |
8147 | * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. |
8148 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8149 | */ |
8150 | static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, |
8151 | const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) |
8152 | { |
8153 | cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); |
8154 | } |
8155 | |
8156 | /** |
8157 | * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification |
8158 | * |
8159 | * @dev: the netdev |
8160 | * @mac_addr: the station's address |
8161 | * @reason: the reason for connection failure |
8162 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8163 | * |
8164 | * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station |
8165 | * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection |
8166 | * for some reasons, this function is called. |
8167 | * |
8168 | * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from |
8169 | * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum |
8170 | */ |
8171 | void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
8172 | enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, |
8173 | gfp_t gfp); |
8174 | |
8175 | /** |
8176 | * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info |
8177 | * |
8178 | * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz |
8179 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
8180 | * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of |
8181 | * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid |
8182 | * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on |
8183 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
8184 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8185 | * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
8186 | * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds |
8187 | * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds |
8188 | */ |
8189 | struct cfg80211_rx_info { |
8190 | int freq; |
8191 | int sig_dbm; |
8192 | bool have_link_id; |
8193 | u8 link_id; |
8194 | const u8 *buf; |
8195 | size_t len; |
8196 | u32 flags; |
8197 | u64 rx_tstamp; |
8198 | u64 ack_tstamp; |
8199 | }; |
8200 | |
8201 | /** |
8202 | * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info |
8203 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8204 | * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info |
8205 | * |
8206 | * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
8207 | * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
8208 | * |
8209 | * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
8210 | * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
8211 | * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
8212 | * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
8213 | */ |
8214 | bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
8215 | struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); |
8216 | |
8217 | /** |
8218 | * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
8219 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8220 | * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz |
8221 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
8222 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
8223 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8224 | * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
8225 | * |
8226 | * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
8227 | * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
8228 | * |
8229 | * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
8230 | * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
8231 | * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
8232 | * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
8233 | */ |
8234 | static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, |
8235 | int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
8236 | u32 flags) |
8237 | { |
8238 | struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { |
8239 | .freq = freq, |
8240 | .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, |
8241 | .buf = buf, |
8242 | .len = len, |
8243 | .flags = flags |
8244 | }; |
8245 | |
8246 | return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, info: &info); |
8247 | } |
8248 | |
8249 | /** |
8250 | * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
8251 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8252 | * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz |
8253 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
8254 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
8255 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8256 | * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
8257 | * |
8258 | * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
8259 | * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
8260 | * |
8261 | * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
8262 | * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
8263 | * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
8264 | * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
8265 | */ |
8266 | static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, |
8267 | int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
8268 | u32 flags) |
8269 | { |
8270 | struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { |
8271 | .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), |
8272 | .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, |
8273 | .buf = buf, |
8274 | .len = len, |
8275 | .flags = flags |
8276 | }; |
8277 | |
8278 | return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, info: &info); |
8279 | } |
8280 | |
8281 | /** |
8282 | * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information |
8283 | * |
8284 | * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() |
8285 | * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds |
8286 | * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds |
8287 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
8288 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8289 | * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
8290 | */ |
8291 | struct cfg80211_tx_status { |
8292 | u64 cookie; |
8293 | u64 tx_tstamp; |
8294 | u64 ack_tstamp; |
8295 | const u8 *buf; |
8296 | size_t len; |
8297 | bool ack; |
8298 | }; |
8299 | |
8300 | /** |
8301 | * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info |
8302 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8303 | * @status: TX status data |
8304 | * @gfp: context flags |
8305 | * |
8306 | * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be |
8307 | * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the |
8308 | * transmission attempt with extended info. |
8309 | */ |
8310 | void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
8311 | struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); |
8312 | |
8313 | /** |
8314 | * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame |
8315 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8316 | * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() |
8317 | * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
8318 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8319 | * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
8320 | * @gfp: context flags |
8321 | * |
8322 | * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be |
8323 | * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the |
8324 | * transmission attempt. |
8325 | */ |
8326 | static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
8327 | u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, |
8328 | size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) |
8329 | { |
8330 | struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { |
8331 | .cookie = cookie, |
8332 | .buf = buf, |
8333 | .len = len, |
8334 | .ack = ack |
8335 | }; |
8336 | |
8337 | cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, status: &status, gfp); |
8338 | } |
8339 | |
8340 | /** |
8341 | * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control |
8342 | * port frames |
8343 | * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
8344 | * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() |
8345 | * @buf: Data frame (header + body) |
8346 | * @len: length of the frame data |
8347 | * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
8348 | * @gfp: context flags |
8349 | * |
8350 | * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be |
8351 | * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of |
8352 | * the transmission attempt. |
8353 | */ |
8354 | void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
8355 | const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, |
8356 | gfp_t gfp); |
8357 | |
8358 | /** |
8359 | * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame |
8360 | * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
8361 | * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf |
8362 | * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. |
8363 | * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is |
8364 | * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that |
8365 | * skb->protocol is set appropriately. |
8366 | * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted |
8367 | * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown |
8368 | * |
8369 | * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port |
8370 | * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive |
8371 | * control port frames over nl80211. |
8372 | * |
8373 | * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all |
8374 | * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). |
8375 | * |
8376 | * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace |
8377 | */ |
8378 | bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, |
8379 | bool unencrypted, int link_id); |
8380 | |
8381 | /** |
8382 | * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event |
8383 | * @dev: network device |
8384 | * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event |
8385 | * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
8386 | * @gfp: context flags |
8387 | * |
8388 | * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring |
8389 | * rssi threshold reached event occurs. |
8390 | */ |
8391 | void (struct net_device *dev, |
8392 | enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event , |
8393 | s32 , gfp_t gfp); |
8394 | |
8395 | /** |
8396 | * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer |
8397 | * @dev: network device |
8398 | * @peer: peer's MAC address |
8399 | * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold |
8400 | * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent |
8401 | * threshold (to account for temporary interference) |
8402 | * @gfp: context flags |
8403 | */ |
8404 | void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
8405 | const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); |
8406 | |
8407 | /** |
8408 | * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event |
8409 | * @dev: network device |
8410 | * @peer: peer's MAC address |
8411 | * @num_packets: how many packets were lost |
8412 | * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission |
8413 | * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. |
8414 | * @gfp: context flags |
8415 | * |
8416 | * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a |
8417 | * given interval is exceeded. |
8418 | */ |
8419 | void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
8420 | u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); |
8421 | |
8422 | /** |
8423 | * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event |
8424 | * @dev: network device |
8425 | * @gfp: context flags |
8426 | * |
8427 | * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. |
8428 | */ |
8429 | void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); |
8430 | |
8431 | /** |
8432 | * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event |
8433 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8434 | * @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
8435 | * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain |
8436 | * @gfp: context flags |
8437 | * |
8438 | * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. |
8439 | */ |
8440 | void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8441 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8442 | bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); |
8443 | |
8444 | static inline void |
8445 | cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8446 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8447 | gfp_t gfp) |
8448 | { |
8449 | __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, offchan: false, gfp); |
8450 | } |
8451 | |
8452 | static inline void |
8453 | cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8454 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8455 | gfp_t gfp) |
8456 | { |
8457 | __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, offchan: true, gfp); |
8458 | } |
8459 | |
8460 | /** |
8461 | * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event |
8462 | * @dev: network device |
8463 | * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified |
8464 | * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value |
8465 | * @gfp: context flags |
8466 | * |
8467 | * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action |
8468 | * frame. |
8469 | */ |
8470 | void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, |
8471 | struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, |
8472 | gfp_t gfp); |
8473 | |
8474 | /** |
8475 | * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event |
8476 | * @netdev: network device |
8477 | * @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
8478 | * @event: type of event |
8479 | * @gfp: context flags |
8480 | * |
8481 | * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished |
8482 | * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, |
8483 | * also by full-MAC drivers. |
8484 | */ |
8485 | void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
8486 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8487 | enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); |
8488 | |
8489 | /** |
8490 | * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event |
8491 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8492 | * |
8493 | * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check |
8494 | * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. |
8495 | */ |
8496 | void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
8497 | |
8498 | /** |
8499 | * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying |
8500 | * @dev: network device |
8501 | * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) |
8502 | * @replay_ctr: new replay counter |
8503 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8504 | */ |
8505 | void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
8506 | const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); |
8507 | |
8508 | /** |
8509 | * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate |
8510 | * @dev: network device |
8511 | * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) |
8512 | * @bssid: BSSID of AP |
8513 | * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication |
8514 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8515 | */ |
8516 | void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, |
8517 | const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); |
8518 | |
8519 | /** |
8520 | * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame |
8521 | * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
8522 | * @addr: the transmitter address |
8523 | * @gfp: context flags |
8524 | * |
8525 | * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
8526 | * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the |
8527 | * sender. |
8528 | * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
8529 | * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
8530 | */ |
8531 | bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
8532 | const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
8533 | |
8534 | /** |
8535 | * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame |
8536 | * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
8537 | * @addr: the transmitter address |
8538 | * @gfp: context flags |
8539 | * |
8540 | * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
8541 | * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. |
8542 | * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each |
8543 | * station to avoid event flooding. |
8544 | * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
8545 | * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
8546 | */ |
8547 | bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
8548 | const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
8549 | |
8550 | /** |
8551 | * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status |
8552 | * @dev: the device the probe was sent on |
8553 | * @addr: the address of the peer |
8554 | * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously |
8555 | * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not |
8556 | * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. |
8557 | * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. |
8558 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8559 | */ |
8560 | void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
8561 | u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, |
8562 | bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); |
8563 | |
8564 | /** |
8565 | * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs |
8566 | * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
8567 | * @frame: the frame |
8568 | * @len: length of the frame |
8569 | * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz |
8570 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
8571 | * |
8572 | * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
8573 | * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
8574 | * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
8575 | */ |
8576 | void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, |
8577 | size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); |
8578 | |
8579 | /** |
8580 | * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs |
8581 | * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
8582 | * @frame: the frame |
8583 | * @len: length of the frame |
8584 | * @freq: frequency the frame was received on |
8585 | * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
8586 | * |
8587 | * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
8588 | * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
8589 | * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
8590 | */ |
8591 | static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8592 | const u8 *frame, size_t len, |
8593 | int freq, int sig_dbm) |
8594 | { |
8595 | cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), |
8596 | sig_dbm); |
8597 | } |
8598 | |
8599 | /** |
8600 | * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed |
8601 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8602 | * @chandef: the channel definition |
8603 | * @iftype: interface type |
8604 | * |
8605 | * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
8606 | * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) |
8607 | */ |
8608 | bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8609 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8610 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
8611 | |
8612 | /** |
8613 | * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation |
8614 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8615 | * @chandef: the channel definition |
8616 | * @iftype: interface type |
8617 | * |
8618 | * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
8619 | * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version |
8620 | * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under |
8621 | * more permissive conditions. |
8622 | * |
8623 | * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. |
8624 | */ |
8625 | bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8626 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8627 | enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
8628 | |
8629 | /* |
8630 | * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace |
8631 | * @dev: the device which switched channels |
8632 | * @chandef: the new channel definition |
8633 | * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO |
8634 | * @punct_bitmap: the new puncturing bitmap |
8635 | * |
8636 | * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable |
8637 | * driver context! |
8638 | */ |
8639 | void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
8640 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8641 | unsigned int link_id, u16 punct_bitmap); |
8642 | |
8643 | /* |
8644 | * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start |
8645 | * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started |
8646 | * @chandef: the future channel definition |
8647 | * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO |
8648 | * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens |
8649 | * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP |
8650 | * @punct_bitmap: the future puncturing bitmap |
8651 | * |
8652 | * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just |
8653 | * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting |
8654 | * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. |
8655 | */ |
8656 | void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
8657 | struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8658 | unsigned int link_id, u8 count, |
8659 | bool quiet, u16 punct_bitmap); |
8660 | |
8661 | /** |
8662 | * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band |
8663 | * |
8664 | * @operating_class: the operating class to convert |
8665 | * @band: band pointer to fill |
8666 | * |
8667 | * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
8668 | */ |
8669 | bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, |
8670 | enum nl80211_band *band); |
8671 | |
8672 | /** |
8673 | * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class |
8674 | * |
8675 | * @chandef: the chandef to convert |
8676 | * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class |
8677 | * |
8678 | * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
8679 | */ |
8680 | bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
8681 | u8 *op_class); |
8682 | |
8683 | /** |
8684 | * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz |
8685 | * |
8686 | * @chandef: the chandef to convert |
8687 | * |
8688 | * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. |
8689 | */ |
8690 | static inline u32 |
8691 | ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
8692 | { |
8693 | return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; |
8694 | } |
8695 | |
8696 | /* |
8697 | * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation |
8698 | * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested |
8699 | * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device |
8700 | * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or |
8701 | * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) |
8702 | * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request |
8703 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8704 | * |
8705 | * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that |
8706 | * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP |
8707 | * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use |
8708 | * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., |
8709 | * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). |
8710 | */ |
8711 | void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
8712 | enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, |
8713 | u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); |
8714 | |
8715 | /* |
8716 | * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) |
8717 | * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from |
8718 | * |
8719 | * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 |
8720 | */ |
8721 | u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); |
8722 | |
8723 | /** |
8724 | * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev |
8725 | * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove |
8726 | * |
8727 | * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary |
8728 | * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device |
8729 | * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called |
8730 | * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device |
8731 | * is unbound from the driver. |
8732 | * |
8733 | * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
8734 | */ |
8735 | void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
8736 | |
8737 | /** |
8738 | * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev |
8739 | * @dev: the netdev to register |
8740 | * |
8741 | * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
8742 | * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is |
8743 | * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable |
8744 | * instead as well. |
8745 | * |
8746 | * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
8747 | */ |
8748 | int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); |
8749 | |
8750 | /** |
8751 | * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev |
8752 | * @dev: the netdev to register |
8753 | * |
8754 | * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
8755 | * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL |
8756 | * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are |
8757 | * usable instead as well. |
8758 | * |
8759 | * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
8760 | */ |
8761 | static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) |
8762 | { |
8763 | #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) |
8764 | cfg80211_unregister_wdev(wdev: dev->ieee80211_ptr); |
8765 | #endif |
8766 | } |
8767 | |
8768 | /** |
8769 | * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements |
8770 | * @ies: FT IEs |
8771 | * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes |
8772 | * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address |
8773 | * @ric_ies: RIC IE |
8774 | * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes |
8775 | */ |
8776 | struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { |
8777 | const u8 *ies; |
8778 | size_t ies_len; |
8779 | const u8 *target_ap; |
8780 | const u8 *ric_ies; |
8781 | size_t ric_ies_len; |
8782 | }; |
8783 | |
8784 | /** |
8785 | * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE |
8786 | * @netdev: network device |
8787 | * @ft_event: IE information |
8788 | */ |
8789 | void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
8790 | struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); |
8791 | |
8792 | /** |
8793 | * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer |
8794 | * @ies: the input IE buffer |
8795 | * @len: the input length |
8796 | * @attr: the attribute ID to find |
8797 | * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. |
8798 | * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size |
8799 | * @bufsize: size of the output buffer |
8800 | * |
8801 | * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and |
8802 | * copies its contents to the given buffer. |
8803 | * |
8804 | * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is |
8805 | * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the |
8806 | * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). |
8807 | */ |
8808 | int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
8809 | enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, |
8810 | u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); |
8811 | |
8812 | /** |
8813 | * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) |
8814 | * @ies: the IE buffer |
8815 | * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
8816 | * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
8817 | * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
8818 | * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
8819 | * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
8820 | * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element |
8821 | * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array |
8822 | * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
8823 | * |
8824 | * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
8825 | * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
8826 | * split. |
8827 | * |
8828 | * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
8829 | * has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
8830 | * |
8831 | * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
8832 | * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
8833 | * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
8834 | * |
8835 | * The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
8836 | * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
8837 | * of the buffer should be used. |
8838 | */ |
8839 | size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
8840 | const u8 *ids, int n_ids, |
8841 | const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, |
8842 | size_t offset); |
8843 | |
8844 | /** |
8845 | * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering |
8846 | * @ies: the IE buffer |
8847 | * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
8848 | * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
8849 | * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
8850 | * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
8851 | * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
8852 | * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
8853 | * |
8854 | * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
8855 | * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
8856 | * split. |
8857 | * |
8858 | * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
8859 | * has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
8860 | * |
8861 | * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
8862 | * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
8863 | * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
8864 | * |
8865 | * The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
8866 | * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
8867 | * of the buffer should be used. |
8868 | */ |
8869 | static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
8870 | const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) |
8871 | { |
8872 | return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, n_after_ric: 0, offset); |
8873 | } |
8874 | |
8875 | /** |
8876 | * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb |
8877 | * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to |
8878 | * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment |
8879 | * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments |
8880 | * |
8881 | * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation |
8882 | * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size |
8883 | * accordingly. |
8884 | */ |
8885 | void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); |
8886 | |
8887 | /** |
8888 | * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN |
8889 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup |
8890 | * @wakeup: the wakeup report |
8891 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8892 | * |
8893 | * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it |
8894 | * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may |
8895 | * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something |
8896 | * else caused the wakeup. |
8897 | */ |
8898 | void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
8899 | struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, |
8900 | gfp_t gfp); |
8901 | |
8902 | /** |
8903 | * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. |
8904 | * |
8905 | * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. |
8906 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
8907 | * |
8908 | * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted |
8909 | * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given |
8910 | * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. |
8911 | */ |
8912 | void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); |
8913 | |
8914 | /** |
8915 | * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has |
8916 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8917 | * |
8918 | * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. |
8919 | */ |
8920 | unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
8921 | |
8922 | /** |
8923 | * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations |
8924 | * |
8925 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8926 | * @params: the interface combinations parameter |
8927 | * |
8928 | * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a |
8929 | * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to |
8930 | * the interface combinations. |
8931 | */ |
8932 | int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8933 | struct iface_combination_params *params); |
8934 | |
8935 | /** |
8936 | * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations |
8937 | * |
8938 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8939 | * @params: the interface combinations parameter |
8940 | * @iter: function to call for each matching combination |
8941 | * @data: pointer to pass to iter function |
8942 | * |
8943 | * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible |
8944 | * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching |
8945 | * purposes. |
8946 | */ |
8947 | int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8948 | struct iface_combination_params *params, |
8949 | void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, |
8950 | void *data), |
8951 | void *data); |
8952 | |
8953 | /* |
8954 | * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection |
8955 | * |
8956 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
8957 | * @wdev: wireless device |
8958 | * @gfp: context flags |
8959 | * |
8960 | * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA |
8961 | * disconnected. |
8962 | * |
8963 | * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. |
8964 | */ |
8965 | void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
8966 | gfp_t gfp); |
8967 | |
8968 | /** |
8969 | * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy |
8970 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down |
8971 | * |
8972 | * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by |
8973 | * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). |
8974 | * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors |
8975 | * that really can't be recovered in any other way. |
8976 | * |
8977 | * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into |
8978 | * the driver while the function is running. |
8979 | */ |
8980 | void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
8981 | |
8982 | /** |
8983 | * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag |
8984 | * |
8985 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
8986 | * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
8987 | * |
8988 | * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
8989 | * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
8990 | */ |
8991 | static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
8992 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
8993 | { |
8994 | u8 *ft_byte; |
8995 | |
8996 | ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
8997 | *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); |
8998 | } |
8999 | |
9000 | /** |
9001 | * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag |
9002 | * |
9003 | * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
9004 | * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
9005 | * |
9006 | * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
9007 | * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
9008 | */ |
9009 | static inline bool |
9010 | wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
9011 | enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
9012 | { |
9013 | u8 ft_byte; |
9014 | |
9015 | ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
9016 | return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; |
9017 | } |
9018 | |
9019 | /** |
9020 | * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function |
9021 | * @f: NAN function that should be freed |
9022 | * |
9023 | * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. |
9024 | */ |
9025 | void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); |
9026 | |
9027 | /** |
9028 | * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters |
9029 | * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is |
9030 | * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. |
9031 | * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery |
9032 | * result. |
9033 | * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. |
9034 | * @inst_id: the local instance id |
9035 | * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function |
9036 | * @addr: the MAC address of the peer |
9037 | * @info_len: the length of the &info |
9038 | * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) |
9039 | * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function |
9040 | */ |
9041 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { |
9042 | enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
9043 | u8 inst_id; |
9044 | u8 peer_inst_id; |
9045 | const u8 *addr; |
9046 | u8 info_len; |
9047 | const u8 *info; |
9048 | u64 cookie; |
9049 | }; |
9050 | |
9051 | /** |
9052 | * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. |
9053 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
9054 | * @match: match notification parameters |
9055 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9056 | * |
9057 | * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This |
9058 | * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that |
9059 | * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. |
9060 | */ |
9061 | void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
9062 | struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); |
9063 | |
9064 | /** |
9065 | * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. |
9066 | * |
9067 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
9068 | * @inst_id: the local instance id |
9069 | * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) |
9070 | * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier |
9071 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9072 | * |
9073 | * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. |
9074 | */ |
9075 | void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
9076 | u8 inst_id, |
9077 | enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, |
9078 | u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); |
9079 | |
9080 | /* ethtool helper */ |
9081 | void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); |
9082 | |
9083 | /** |
9084 | * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication |
9085 | * @netdev: network device |
9086 | * @params: External authentication parameters |
9087 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9088 | * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error |
9089 | */ |
9090 | int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, |
9091 | struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, |
9092 | gfp_t gfp); |
9093 | |
9094 | /** |
9095 | * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data |
9096 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
9097 | * @req: the original measurement request |
9098 | * @result: the result data |
9099 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9100 | */ |
9101 | void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
9102 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
9103 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, |
9104 | gfp_t gfp); |
9105 | |
9106 | /** |
9107 | * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed |
9108 | * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
9109 | * @req: the original measurement request |
9110 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9111 | * |
9112 | * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this |
9113 | * the request pointer will no longer be valid. |
9114 | */ |
9115 | void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
9116 | struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
9117 | gfp_t gfp); |
9118 | |
9119 | /** |
9120 | * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed |
9121 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
9122 | * @iftype: interface type |
9123 | * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' |
9124 | * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces |
9125 | * |
9126 | * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API |
9127 | * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when |
9128 | * check_swif is '1'. |
9129 | */ |
9130 | bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
9131 | bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); |
9132 | |
9133 | |
9134 | /** |
9135 | * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was |
9136 | * temporarily rejected with a comeback |
9137 | * @netdev: network device |
9138 | * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association |
9139 | * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. |
9140 | * |
9141 | * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
9142 | */ |
9143 | void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, |
9144 | const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); |
9145 | |
9146 | /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ |
9147 | |
9148 | /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ |
9149 | |
9150 | #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9151 | dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9152 | #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9153 | dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9154 | #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9155 | dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9156 | #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9157 | dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9158 | #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9159 | dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9160 | #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9161 | dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9162 | #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9163 | dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9164 | #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9165 | dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9166 | #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9167 | dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9168 | |
9169 | #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9170 | dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9171 | #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9172 | dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9173 | |
9174 | #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9175 | wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) |
9176 | |
9177 | #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9178 | dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
9179 | |
9180 | #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) |
9181 | #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg |
9182 | #else |
9183 | #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9184 | ({ \ |
9185 | if (0) \ |
9186 | wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ |
9187 | 0; \ |
9188 | }) |
9189 | #endif |
9190 | |
9191 | /* |
9192 | * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference |
9193 | * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the |
9194 | * file/line information and a backtrace. |
9195 | */ |
9196 | #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
9197 | WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); |
9198 | |
9199 | /** |
9200 | * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space |
9201 | * @netdev: network device |
9202 | * @owe_info: peer's owe info |
9203 | * @gfp: allocation flags |
9204 | */ |
9205 | void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
9206 | struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, |
9207 | gfp_t gfp); |
9208 | |
9209 | /** |
9210 | * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries |
9211 | * @wiphy: the wiphy |
9212 | */ |
9213 | void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
9214 | |
9215 | /** |
9216 | * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event |
9217 | * @dev: network device |
9218 | * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify |
9219 | * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens |
9220 | * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of |
9221 | */ |
9222 | int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
9223 | enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, |
9224 | u64 color_bitmap); |
9225 | |
9226 | /** |
9227 | * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision |
9228 | * @dev: network device |
9229 | * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of |
9230 | */ |
9231 | static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
9232 | u64 color_bitmap) |
9233 | { |
9234 | return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, cmd: NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, |
9235 | count: 0, color_bitmap); |
9236 | } |
9237 | |
9238 | /** |
9239 | * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start |
9240 | * @dev: the device on which the color is switched |
9241 | * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens |
9242 | * |
9243 | * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. |
9244 | */ |
9245 | static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
9246 | u8 count) |
9247 | { |
9248 | return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, cmd: NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, |
9249 | count, color_bitmap: 0); |
9250 | } |
9251 | |
9252 | /** |
9253 | * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort |
9254 | * @dev: the device on which the color is switched |
9255 | * |
9256 | * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. |
9257 | */ |
9258 | static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) |
9259 | { |
9260 | return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, cmd: NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, |
9261 | count: 0, color_bitmap: 0); |
9262 | } |
9263 | |
9264 | /** |
9265 | * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion |
9266 | * @dev: the device on which the color was switched |
9267 | * |
9268 | * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. |
9269 | */ |
9270 | static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) |
9271 | { |
9272 | return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, |
9273 | cmd: NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, |
9274 | count: 0, color_bitmap: 0); |
9275 | } |
9276 | |
9277 | /** |
9278 | * cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap - validate puncturing bitmap |
9279 | * @bitmap: bitmap to be validated |
9280 | * @chandef: channel definition |
9281 | * |
9282 | * Validate the puncturing bitmap. |
9283 | * |
9284 | * Return: %true if the bitmap is valid. %false otherwise. |
9285 | */ |
9286 | bool cfg80211_valid_disable_subchannel_bitmap(u16 *bitmap, |
9287 | const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
9288 | |
9289 | /** |
9290 | * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. |
9291 | * @dev: network device. |
9292 | * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. |
9293 | * |
9294 | * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to |
9295 | * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link |
9296 | * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this |
9297 | * case disconnect instead. |
9298 | * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. |
9299 | */ |
9300 | void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); |
9301 | |
9302 | #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ |
9303 | |